/raid1/www/Hosts/bankrupt/TCR_Public/200604.mbx          T R O U B L E D   C O M P A N Y   R E P O R T E R

              Thursday, June 4, 2020, Vol. 24, No. 155

                            Headlines

1765 NE 58: Seeks Court Approval to Hire Bankruptcy Attorney
ALPINE 4: Lowers Net Loss to $3.13 Million in 2019
ALTA MESA: Obtains Court Approval for Chapter 11 Liquidation Plan
AMERICAN AIRLINES: Not Considering Bankruptcy, Says CEO
AMERICAN STEEL: BancorpSouth Objects to Second Amended Disclosure

AMPLE HILLS: Committee Taps Porzio Bromberg as Legal Counsel
APC AUTOMOTIVE: Case Summary & 50 Largest Unsecured Creditors
APELLIS PHARMACEUTICALS: All 3 Proposals Passed at Annual Meeting
ARDENT CYBER: Case Summary & 11 Unsecured Creditors
ART VAN: Robert Levin Wins Approval to Revive Levin Brand

AYTU BIOSCIENCE: Retires $15 Million Debt Owed to Deerfield
BARFLY VENTURES: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
BCH ENTERPRISES: Gets Court Approval to Hire Real Estate Agent
BILTMORE 24: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
BIOPLAN USA: Moody's Cuts CFR to Caa2 & Alters Outlook to Negative

BMC ACQUISITION: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B-' on Improved Liquidity
BOEING CO: Cuts Jobs, Undertakes Corporate Restructuring
BRIGGS & STRATTON: S&P Lowers ICR to 'CCC-'; Outlook Negative
BRUIN E&P: S&P Lowers Senior Unsecured Notes Rating to 'C'
BRUNO ONE: Bid to Stay Bankruptcy Proceedings Amid Appeal Junked

C21 INVESTMENTS: Supplements Notice on Temporary Filing Relief
CAMBER ENERGY: Signs Amended Merger Agreement with Viking Energy
CHEFS' WAREHOUSE: S&P Affirms 'B-' ICR; Rating Off Watch Negative
CHELAN COUNTY PHD 2: Moody's Confirms GOLT Bonds at Ba1
CITGO PETROLEUM: Fitch Rates Senior Secured 2025 Notes 'BB/RR1'

CITGO PETROLEUM: Moody's Rates $750MM Secured Notes Due 2025 'B3'
CSC HOLDINGS: Moody's Rates $1.1-Bil. Senior Unsecured Notes 'Ba3'
CSI COMPRESSCO: Holders of 57.9% of Unsecured Notes Accept Offer
DIAMONDBACK INDUSTRIES: Seeks to Hire CR3 Partners, Appoint CRO
DM DUKES: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary

DM WORLD: U.S. Trustee Appoints Creditors' Committee
DOMINION DIAMOND: Fitch Withdraws 'D' LT IDR on Bankruptcy
DYNASTY ACQUISITION: Moody's Cuts CFR to Caa1, Outlook Negative
E.E. HOOD: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
ENALASYS CORPORATION: Has Until Aug. 31 to File Plan & Disclosure

ENDEAVOR ENERGY: Fitch Rates New Sr. Unsecured Notes 'BB+/RR2'
ENDEAVOR ENERGY: Moody's Rates New $500MM Unsecured Notes 'B1'
FARR BUILDERS: Unsec to be Paid by Property Sale,Insurance Proceeds
FATSPI & SON: Unsecureds Owed Less than $10K to Recover 2% in Plan
FLOYD'S INSURANCE: Seeks to Hire Hendren Redwine as Legal Counsel

FOXWOOD HILLS: Taps American Legal as Claims Agent
FOXWOOD HILLS: Taps Nexsen Pruet as Legal Counsel
FREEDOM OIL: Seeks to Hire Okin Adams as Legal Counsel
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS: $37.7M Bonuses for Execs Okayed by Judge
GAINESVILLE ROAD: Seeks to Hire Dion R. Hancock as Legal Counsel

H-FOOD HOLDINGS: Moody's Rates New $100MM 1st Lien Term Loan 'B2'
HUGO BOSS: CEO Expects Very Difficult Second Quarter
INMARKETING GROUP: June 23 Plan Confirmation Hearing Set
J.B. POINDEXTER: Moody's Alters Outlook on B1 CFR to Negative
JONATHAN R. SORELLE: MIHI Taps Earnhart & Associates as Consultant

KING FARM: Fitch Cuts $48.9MM Series 2017A-1 Bonds to 'B-'
KOREAN WESTERN: Trustee Taps Danning Gill as Legal Counsel
LANDAU BKN HOLDINGS: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
LEVERAGED LLC: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
MAJESTIC HILLS: Seeks Calaiaro Valencik as Legal Counsel

MILLS FORESTRY: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
NANO MAGIC: Awaiting SEC Decision on Trading Suspension Order
NCR AUTO CORES: Taps Barton Brimm as Special Counsel
NEW EMERALD: Seeks to Hire Dykema Gossett as Legal Counsel
NORTHERN OIL: To Swap Notes for $3.6 Million Worth of Common Stock

ONE AVIATION: Citiking Opposes Committee Bid for Liquidation
OPTISCAN BIOMEDICAL: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
PARTY CITY: Launches Tender Offer for $850-Mil. Senior Notes
PARTY CITY: Stockholders' Annual Meeting Adjourned to July 2
PASHA GROUP: Moody's Cuts CFR to Caa1 & Alters Outlook to Negative

PG&E CORP: Fire Victim Objects to Reorganization Plan
PIMA COUNTY IDA: Moody's Cuts Rating on Education Bonds to B1
QUANTUM CORP: Lenders Further Extend Term Loan Amendment Deadline
QUANTUM TRANSPORTATION: Trustee Gets Approval to Hire Accountant
QUORUM HEALTH: Kairos Supports Appointment of Equity Committee

RAVN AIR GROUP: Wins Approval to Sell Assets
SHEET METAL WORKS: RT Montrone to Contribute $10,000 to Fund Plan
SM ENERGY: Revises Exchange Offer Terms, Wins Noteholder Support
SOUTH BEACH STREET: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
STAR PETROLEUM: Disclosure Statement Hearing Continued to July 15

TENET HEALTHCARE: Fitch Rates Secured First Lien Notes 'B+/RR3'
TENET HEALTHCARE: Moody's Rates Sec. 1st Lien Notes Due 2028 'B1'
TUESDAY MORNING: Files Chapter 11 to Pursue Restructuring
UMATRIN HOLDING: Posts $95K Net Income in 2019
UNITED AIRLINES: Needs Only 12% of Flight Attendants in June

US GC INVESTMENT: Has Until Dec. 1 to File Plan & Disclosure
VANTAGE SPECIALTY: Moody's Cuts CFR to Caa1, Outlook Negative
VETERINARY CARE: Unsecureds to Get Full Payment in Sale-Based Plan
WEINSTEIN CO: Y Movie et al. Can't Enforce Deal, Dist. Court Says
YOUNG MEN'S: Seeks to Hire Hinkle Law Firm as Legal Counsel

[^] Recent Small-Dollar & Individual Chapter 11 Filings

                            *********

1765 NE 58: Seeks Court Approval to Hire Bankruptcy Attorney
------------------------------------------------------------
1765 NE 58 Street Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of Florida to hire Susan Lasky,
Esq., as its bankruptcy attorney.

The services to be provided by the attorney will include legal
advice regarding Debtor's powers and duties under the Bankruptcy
Code, negotiation with its creditors, and the preparation of a
bankruptcy plan.

Ms. Lasky will handle Debtor's Chapter 11 case at the reduced rate
of $400 per hour for attorney fees and $200 per hour for paralegal
services.

Prior to the filing of the case, Debtor's principal agreed to pay
the attorney the sum of $5,000, plus $1,717 for the filing fee.

Ms. Lasky disclosed in court filings that she does not represent
any interest adverse to Debtor and its bankruptcy estate.

Ms. Lasky holds office at:

     Susan D. Lasky, Esq.
     320 S.E. 18th St Ft.  
     Lauderdale, FL 33316
     Phone: 954-400-7474
     Fax: 954-206-0628
     Email: Sue@SueLasky.com

                      About 1765 NE 58 Street

1765 NE 58 Street Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 20-15232) on May 12,
2020.  At the time of the filing, Debtor had estimated assets of
between $100,001 and $500,000 and liabilities of between $500,001
and $1 million.  Judge Paul G. Hyman Jr. oversees the case.  Susan
D. Lasky, Esq., is Debtor's bankruptcy attorney.


ALPINE 4: Lowers Net Loss to $3.13 Million in 2019
--------------------------------------------------
Alpine 4 Technologies Ltd. reported a net loss of $3.13 million on
$28.15 million of revenue for the year ended Dec. 31, 2019,
compared to a net loss of $7.91 million on $14.26 million of
revenue for the year ended Dec. 31, 2018.

As of Dec. 31, 2019, the Company had $35.80 million in total
assets, $47.77 million in total liabilities, and a total
stockholders' deficit of $11.97 million.

MaloneBailey, LLP, in Houston, Texas, the Company's auditor since
2015, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
June 1, 2020 citing that the Company has suffered recurring losses
from operations and has a net capital deficiency that raises
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.

Alpine 4 stated, "We have financed our operations since inception
from the sale of common stock, capital contributions from
stockholders and from the issuance of notes payable and convertible
notes payable.  We expect to continue to finance our operations
from our current operating cash flow and by the selling shares of
our common stock and or debt instruments.

"Management expects to have sufficient working capital for
continuing operations from either the sale of its products or
through the raising of additional capital through private offerings
of our securities.  Additionally, the Company is monitoring
additional businesses to acquire which management hopes will
provide additional operating revenues to the Company. There can be
no guarantee that the planned acquisitions will close or that they
will produce the anticipated revenues on the schedule anticipated
by management.

"The Company also may elect to seek bank financing or to engage in
debt financing through a placement agent.  If the Company is unable
to raise sufficient capital from operations or through sales of its
securities or other means, we may need to delay implementation of
our business plans."

A full-text copy of the Annual Report is available for free at the
Securities and Exchange Commission's website at:

                      https://is.gd/QgmlBh

                   CEO's Letter to Shareholders

Dear Shareholders,

2019 was a year of tremendous growth!  Building a business is never
easy, nor is it for the faint of heart.  But the payoff can be
large for those who are patient and willing to do what it takes to
succeed.  Alpine 4 is no different.  For the past 6 years, we have
been in "build mode" and building a company like Alpine 4 takes
lots of energy, vision, and capital.

Alpine 4 invested heavily in its DSF acquisition strategy in 2019
and we grew at a rate of 97.4% over 2018.  The investment into the
right businesses has allowed Alpine 4 to grow beyond a start-up and
we now have the substance to really become what we were designed to
be.

At times, GAAP reporting does not really tell the picture of what
has been accomplished and can be too black and white.  Further to
that point, SOX compliance and other reporting requirements such as
Derivative Liabilities, give a snapshot of what could happen, but
really don't give fairness to the larger picture.  The hard changes
we made in 2019 with restructuring our VCD (Variable Convertible
Debt) that we took out to mitigate the theft event at our former
subsidiary Venture West Energy Services, and transferring it into
FPCD (Fix Price Convertible Debt), will play a large roll in
obtaining profitability in 2020.  The Interest and Discounts we
paid in 2019 of $5,237,205 was mostly made up of the VCD debt, and
with that now out of the way, Alpine 4 can begin to effectuate
normalized debt service.  Further, we also took the opportunity to
restructure a larger capital lease for our subsidiary Quality
Circuit Assembly, Inc that will free $69K per month in debt
service.

While COVID-19 had no bearing on our 2019 financials, it will play
a role in how 2020 and beyond shape up.  But, even when faced with
a ton of adversity, the strong will persevere and figure a way
forward.  At Alpine 4, we are figuring out how to move forward.
The constraints of labor have forced us to look at more efficient
means to produce our products and services, and we answered that
call and are starting to do more with less.

I hope you see what we see in Alpine 4.  We believe firmly that our
best days are yet to come and look forward to building on the
progress of 2019.

Best regards

Kent Wilson
CEO / President

                          About Alpine

Alpine 4 Technologies Ltd. is a publicly traded enterprise with
business related endeavors in, software, automotive technologies,
electronics manufacturing, and energy services & fabrication
technologies.  As of April 22, 2019, the Company was a holding
company that owned five operating subsidiaries: ALTIA, LLC; Quality
Circuit Assembly, Inc.; American Precision Fabricators, Inc.;
Morris Sheet Metal, Corp; and JTD Spiral, Inc.


ALTA MESA: Obtains Court Approval for Chapter 11 Liquidation Plan
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that Alta Mesa Resources Inc. and its affiliates
obtained the approval of the bankruptcy court to pursue its Chapter
11 liquidation plans.

On May 27, 2020, U.S. Bankruptcy Court Judge Marvin Isgur approved
the two Chapter 11 plans of the Debtors during the teleconference
hearing in which he mentioned that the proposals obtained
"overwhelming" support from involved creditors.

"It's been a long, hard-fought case, and the plan is the best of
all possible deals under the circumstances," said Steven Levin, who
represents the unsecured creditors.

A copy of the full-report is available at
https://www.law360.com/energy/articles/1277244/oil-driller-alta-mesa-wins-ok-for-ch-11-liquidation-plan.

                    About Alta Mesa Resources

Alta Mesa Resources, Inc., is an independent energy company focused
on the development and acquisition of unconventional oil and
natural gas reserves in the Anadarko Basin in Oklahoma, and through
Kingfisher Midstream, LLC, provides best-in-class midstream energy
services, including crude oil and gas gathering, processing and
marketing and produced water disposal to producers in the STACK
play.

Alta Mesa reported $1.4 billion in assets and $864 million in
liabilities as of Dec. 31, 2018.

Alta Mesa and six affiliates sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
S.D. Tex. Case No. 19-35133) on Sept. 11, 2019.

The Hon. Marvin Isgur is the case judge.

The Debtors tapped Porter Hedges LLP and Latham & Watkins LLP as
attorneys; and Perella Weinberg Partners LP and its affiliate Tudor
Pickering Holt & Co Advisors LP as investment banker.  Prime Clerk
LLC is the claims agent.


AMERICAN AIRLINES: Not Considering Bankruptcy, Says CEO
-------------------------------------------------------
Reuters reports that American Airlines Group Inc. is not
considering Chapter 11 bankruptcy despite the the coronavirus
pandemic putting a halt to travel worldwide, CEO Doug Parker said
at at conference at the end of May 2020.  He also shot down
speculation that a major U.S. carrier could disappear due to the
coronavirus pandemic.

"Bankruptcy is failure.  We're not going to do that," Mr. Parker
said, adding, "I don't think you'll see any airline go by the
wayside as a result of this crisis."

However, the U.S. airline industry is expected to be 10% to 20%
smaller in the summer of 2021, Mr. Parker said, and its recovery
would depend on how passenger demand and revenues evolve.

Earlier this month, Boeing Co Chief Executive Dave Calhoun told NBC
he thought that a major U.S. carrier could go out of business in
the fall, when government payroll aid for airlines will expire.

Global airlines are suffering an unprecedented downturn as the
coronavirus pandemic has brought air travel to a near standstill.

American's revenues are still down by about 90 percent due to the
outbreak, but demand is improving and its net receipts have been in
positive territory for the past 2.5 weeks after a period when
airlines were receiving more cancellations than new bookings.

"Passengers are feeling more and more comfortable flying," Parker
said.
American's planes were about 56per cent full over the long U.S.
Memorial Day weekend, albeit in drastically reduced capacity, he
said. American is flying about 20per cent of its normal schedule.

                    About American Airlines

American Airlines Group Incorporated is an American publicly traded
airline holding company headquartered in Fort Worth, Texas. It was
formed on December 9, 2013, in the merger of AMR Corporation, the
parent company of American Airlines, and US Airways Group, the
parent company of US Airways.  Before the Coronavirus pandemic,
American Airlines offered customers 6,800 daily flights to more
than 365 destinations in 61 countries from its hubs in Charlotte,
Chicago, Dallas-Fort Worth,
Los Angeles, Miami, New York, Philadelphia, Phoenix and Washington,
D.C.  As of Dec. 31, 2018, the company operated a mainline fleet of
956 aircraft.

The aviation industry has been severely affected by the economic
shutdowns and travel restrictions brought by the Coronavirus
pandemic.

                         *     *     *

Fitch downgraded American Airlines by one notch to 'B' on April 10;
the ratings are on Rating Watch Negative.  This follows Fitch's
downgrade of American to 'B+' from 'BB-' on March 20, 2020.  Fitch
expects that the company will have sufficient liquidity and access
to capital to manage through the year.  However, significant
additional borrowing and the likelihood of a slow recovery make it
likely that the company's credit metrics will remain well outside
of its prior expectations at least through 2021 or 2022.  The
company also has material debt payments this year and next, making
continued access to capital markets essential.



AMERICAN STEEL: BancorpSouth Objects to Second Amended Disclosure
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Creditor BancorpSouth Bank, successor by merger to Summit Bank,
N.A., objects to the Second Amended Disclosure Statement of Debtor
American Steel Processing Company.

BancorpSouth notes that the Debtor has proposed, by way of the
Amended Disclosure Statement that some of its obligations will be
assumed by US Ironworks and the Bank will forbear from collection
against Thomas J. Fanell and Ironworks.

BancorpSouth notes in its objection points out that:

   * Through the Amended Disclosure Statement, the Debtor purports
to obligate Ironworks to do all these things; however, there is no
indication that Ironworks has agreed to any of these things, and
Ironworks is an unsecured creditor as set forth in the Debtor's
Schedule E/F.

   * There is no information about corporate structure of
Ironworks.  The Bank does not agree to forbear from collection of
the debts owed to it by Thomas J. Fanell and Ironworks.

   * The Debtor also suggests that it will surrender collateral to
the Bank; however, the principal of the Debtor and the Debtor have
admitted on many occasions that equipment has been scrapped that
parts and pieces of equipment have been cannibalized to repair
other equipment, and that equipment is scattered across several
states.

   * The Amended Disclosure Statement fails to provide information
about Ironworks and about the Debtor's equipment that would enable
a hypothetical reasonable investor to make an informed decision
about the Debtor's Amended Plan of Reorganization For Liquidation.

   * The Bank is not able to make an informed decision about the
Plan because no information, much less adequate information, has
been provided with respect to Ironworks or with respect to why the
Debtor’s treatment of Ironworks is superior to its treatment of
other unsecured creditors.

A full-text copy of the BancorpSouth's objection dated May 14,
2020, is available at https://tinyurl.com/y8zo9wcp from
PacerMonitor at no charge.

Attorneys for BancorpSouthBank:

         Sarah S. Walton
         Philip A. Bates
         PHILIP A. BATES, P.A.
         P.O. Box 1390
         Pensacola, FL 32591-1390
         Telephone: (850) 470-0091
         Facsimile: (850) 470-0441
         E-mail: pbates@philipbates.net
                 swalton@philipbates.net

           About American Steel Processing Company

American Steel Processing Company is a steel fabricator in Panama
City, Florida, founded in July 1998.  American Steel Processing
filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. N.D. Fla. Case No. 18-50060) on
Feb. 26, 2018.  In the petition signed by Thomas J. Fanell,
president and CEO, the Debtor estimated assets and liabilities at
$1 million to $10 million.  The case is assigned to Judge Karen K.
Specie.  The Charles Wynn Law Offices, P.A., is the Debtor's
counsel.

No official committee of unsecured creditors has been appointed in
the Chapter 11 case.


AMPLE HILLS: Committee Taps Porzio Bromberg as Legal Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------
The official committee of unsecured creditors of Ample Hills
Holdings, Inc. and its affiliates received approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of New York to hire
Porzio, Bromberg & Newman, P.C. as its legal counsel.

Porzio Bromberg's services will include:

      (a) advising the committee of its power and duties under
Section 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code;

      (b) assisting the committee in its investigation of the acts,
conduct, assets, liabilities and financial condition of Debtors;

      (c) assisting the committee in connection with Debtors'
proposed sale of their assets;

      (d) assisting the committee in connection with any proposed
Chapter 11 plan;

      (e) analyzing claims of creditors and Debtors' capital
structure, and negotiating with holders of claims;

     (f) representing the committee in matters generally arising in
Debtors' bankruptcy cases;

     (g) reviewing and preparing court papers;

     (h) representing the committee at hearings held before the
court and communicating with the committee regarding the issues
raised as well as the decisions of the court.

The firm's attorneys and paralegals will be paid at hourly rates as
follows:

     Robert M. Schechter, Principal   $685
     Rachel A. Parisi, Counsel        $550
     David E. Sklar, Associate        $475
     Christopher P. Mazza, Associate  $420
     Kwame O. K Akuffo, Associate     $375
     Maria P. Dermatis, Paralegal     $260
     Neidy V. Fuentes, Paralegal      $235

Porzio Bromberg is "disinterested" within the meaning of Section
101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court filings.

The firm can be reached through:

     Robert M. Schechter, Esq.
     Rachel A. Parisi, Esq.
     Porzio, Bromberg & Newman, P.C.
     100 Southgate Parkway
     P.O. Box 1997
     Morristown, NJ 07962
     Phone: (973) 538-4006
     Fax: (973) 538-5146  
     Email: rmschechter@pbnlaw.com  
            raparisi@pbnlaw.com  

                 About Ample Hills Holdings

Ample Hills Holdings, Inc. -- https://www.amplehills.com/ -- is a
Brooklyn-based producer, distributor, and retailer of ice cream and
related merchandise.  It currently operates 10 retail stores and
kiosks, which are primarily located in the metropolitan New York
area, and a factory in the Red Hook neighborhood of Brooklyn.

On March 15, 2020, Ample Hills Holdings and its affiliates sought
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 20-41559).  In the
petition signed by Phillip Brian David Smith, CEO, Ample Hills
Holdings was estimated to have $1 million to $10 million in assets
and $10 million to $50 million in liabilities.

The Hon. Nancy Hershey Lord is the case judge.

Debtors tapped Herrick Feinstein, LLP as legal counsel, and SSG
Capital Advisors, LLC as investment banker.  Bankruptcy Management
Solutions, Inc., doing business as Stretto, is the claims agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 2 appointed a committee of unsecured
creditors on April 16, 2020.  The committee is represented by
Porzio, Bromberg & Newman, P.C.


APC AUTOMOTIVE: Case Summary & 50 Largest Unsecured Creditors
-------------------------------------------------------------
Lead Debtor: APC Automotive Technologies
             Intermediate Holdings, LLC
             300 Dixie Trail
             Goldsboro, NC 27530

Thirteen affiliates that concurrently filed voluntary petitions for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code:

  Debtor                                            Case No.
  ------                                            --------
  APC Automotive Technologies
  Intermediate Holdings, LLC                        20-11466
  300 Dixie Trail
  Goldsboro, NC 27530

  AirTek, LLC                                       20-11467
  AP Emissions Technologies, LLC                    20-11468
  AP Exhaust Product DISC, Inc.                     20-11469
  APC Automotive Technologies, LLC                  20-11470
  Aristo, LLC                                       20-11471
  CWD Acquisition, LLC                              20-11472
  CWD Holding Corp.                                 20-11473
  CWD Intermediate Holding Corp.                    20-11474
  CWD, LLC                                          20-11475
  Eastern Manufacturing, LLC                        20-11476
  Qualis Automotive, L.L.C.                         20-11477
  Qualis Enterprises, Inc.                          20-11478

Business Description: The Debtors are aftermarket suppliers of
                      brake, chassis, exhaust, and emissions parts
                      for passenger vehicles, trucks, and
                      commercial vehicles.  The Debtors were
                      formed through the merger of two companies
                      in 2017, AP Exhaust and Centric.  The
                      Debtors are headquartered in Littleton,
                      Colorado and operate across North America
                      with distribution centers in North Carolina,
                      Indiana, and California, manufacturing and
                      research and development centers in
                      Pennsylvania, Indiana, North Carolina, and
                      California, and a sales office in Tennessee.
                      Visit https://www.apcautotech.com for more
                      information.

Chapter 11
Petition Date:        June 3, 2020

Court:                United States Bankruptcy Court
                      District of Delaware

Judge:                Hon. Christopher S. Sontchi

Debtors'
General
Bankruptcy
Counsel:              Jonathan S. Henes, P.C.
                      KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
                      KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP
                      601 Lexington Ave
                      New York, New York 10022
                      Tel: (212) 446-4800
                      Fax: (212) 446-4900
                      Email: jonathan.henes@kirkland.com

Debtors'
Local
Bankruptcy
Counsel:              Domenic E. Pacitti, Esq.
                      Michael W. Yurkewicz, Esq.
                      KLEHR HARRISON HARVEY BRANZBURG LLP
                      919 North Market Street, Suite 1000
                      Wilmington, Delaware 19801
                      Tel: (302) 426-1189
                      Fax: (302) 426-9193
                      Email:  dpacitti@klehr.com
                              myurkewicz@klehr.com

                          - and -

                      Morton R. Branzburg, Esq.
                      KLEHR HARRISON HARVEY BRANZBURG LLP
                      1835 Market Street, 14th Floor
                      Philadelphia, PA 19103
                      Tel: (215) 569-2700
                      Fax: (215) 568-6603
                      Email: mbranzburg@klehr.com

Debtors'
Financial
Advisor:              JEFFERIES GROUP LLC

Debtors'
Restructuring
Advisor:              WEINSWEIGADVISORS LLC

Debtors'
Tax Advisor:          ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Debtors'
Notice,
Claims, &
Balloting
Agent and
Administrative
Advisor:              BANKRUPTCY MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS, INC.
                      STRETTO
                      https://cases.stretto.com/APC

Estimated Assets
(on a consolidated basis): $100 million to $500 million

Estimated Liabilities
(on a consolidated basis): $500 million to $1 billion

The petitions were signed by Patricia Warfield, authorized
signatory.

A copy of APC Automotive Technologies' petition is available for
free  at PacerMonitor.com at:

                     https://is.gd/LNVwaU

Consolidated List of Debtors' 50 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                          Nature of Claim    Claim Amount
   ------                          ---------------    ------------
1. Longkou Qizheng Auto Parts Co.    Trade Vendor       $4,199,563
East Of Longkou Development Zo
Longkou City, 265703
China
Sanny Kim
Tel: 0086-35388607

2. Posam (Posco America)             Trade Vendor       $2,723,043
Po Box 1625 Hwy 401 Bypass
Laurinburg, NC 28353
Cris Alarcon
Tel: 336-883-7146: Ext 3356
Fax: 770-814-4802
Email: ryan.s@poscoamerica.com

3. Qingdao Gihon Auto Parts          Trade Vendor       $2,137,703
98 Chongqing S Rd
Si Fang Qu
Qingdao
Shandong, China
Zhou Laichun
Tel: 86-53285657735
Fax: 0532-83191021; 0532-83191510
Email: info@gihonbrakes.com

4. Laizhou Sanli Auto                Trade Vendor       $1,637,752
Zhuqiao Town Laizhou
Laizhou
Shandong, 261419
China
Yang Liya
Tel: 86-535-3455-896; 86-5353455870
Fax: 0535-3455886
Email: info@sanliauto.com;
liyan@sanliauto.com

5. Zhejiang Lizhong Ind. Co., Ltd    Trade Vendor       $1,548,258
Bb & T Factors Corporation
PO Box 890011
Charlotte, NC 05445
Bill Cline
Tel: 647-282-0617
Email: nancy.miao@zjlizhong.com

6. American Express                  Trade Vendor       $1,287,945
1560 East Adam Drive
Depere, WI 54115
Attn: Director or Officer
Tel: 920-339-9345
Fax: 212-619-9743

7. Borui Brake Systems N.A.          Trade Vendor       $1,120,885
26741 Portola Pkwy
Suite 1E401
Foothill Ranch, CA 92610
Bill Jiang
Tel: 714-357-9412
Fax: 86-546-8955198
Email: info@boruiauto.com;
b.griffin@discbrakepts.com

8. Shandong Xinchang Environ         Trade Vendor         $935,755
Xizhangjiagou Village
Donglai District
Longkou City
Shandong, China
Jian Feng
Tel: 86-15192369002
Email: tina9112@126.com

9. Eastern-Dorman, LLC               Trade Vendor         $895,739
7870 12 Ave South
Bloomington, MN 55425
Attn: Director or Officer

10. Longkou Qizheng Auto Part        Trade Vendor         $849,978
Longkou Economic Development Zone
Longkou, 265703
China
Attn Director or Officer
Tel: 0086-53588607

11. Xianghe Xumingyuan Auto          Trade Vendor         $844,205
South Xiushui Street Shuyang Ind
Park Xianghe
Langfang, 65400
China
Attn: Director or Officer
Tel: 86-316-8580-802
Fax: 86-316-8589376
Email: harvey.wang@zichen-casting.com;
       adela.qian@zichen-casting.com

12. Automotive Parts Service         Trade Vendor         $813,107
1637 Kingsview Drive
Lebanon, OH 45036
Kevin Sullivan
Tel: 866-529-0412

13. Yusin Brake Corp.                Trade Vendor         $765,804
5th Floor No. 381 Wufeng North Road
Taiwan Branch
Chiayi City, 600
Taiwan
Yao-Jen Hsu
Tel: 561-697-4502
Fax: 866-5-2789-699
Email: GDM@bourneusa.com

14. Centric Parts                    Trade Vendor         $706,993
21046 S. Figueroa St.
Unit B
Carson, CA 23830
Nathan Keller
Tel: 310-218-1082
Fax: 626-961-5877
Email: tech@centricparts.com

15. Logical Clean Air                Trade Vendor         $668,537
Solutions 2945 Townsgate Rd
Westlake Village, CA 91359
Hector Verdugo Ramos
Tel: 888-310-4192
Email: hamid@logicalcleanairsolutions.com

16. Kwongkee Auto Exh Sys Ltd        Trade Vendor         $507,189
Bldg 2 5500 Shenzhuan Road
Dongjin Town
Songjian District, SH 201619
China
Attn: Director or Officer
Tel: 86-21-31273333
Fax: 86-763-868868
Email: info@auto-muffler.com;
sam@automuffler.com

17. US CBP                           Trade Vendor         $487,839
Contact A Specific Cbp Office
1300 Pennsylvania Ave. NW
Washington, DC 20229
Michael Wick
Tel: 877-227-5511

18. Yantai Hosino Co., Ltd.          Trade Vendor         $485,142
No.1 Muhuang Rd Economic
Development Zone
Longkou City
Shandong, China
Jing Jiang
Fax: 86-0535-8889639
Email: sales@hosinoparts.com;
cindy.hosinoparts.com

19. Longkou Jinzheng Machiner        Trade Vendor         $471,876
Haoyuan Industrial Park
Xufu Town Longkou, 265713
China
Attn: Director or Officer
Tel: 86-535-3456-888
Fax: 86-535-3451999
Email: webmaster@brakemotor.cc;
sales01@brakerotor.cc

20. Kwong Kee                        Trade Vendor         $470,850
39625 Lewis Drive
Suite 500
Novi, MI 48374
Attn: Duncan Huang
Tel: 248-489-7190
Email: angel@auto-muffler.com

21. Ngk Automotive Ceramics          Trade Vendor         $464,828
39625 Lewis Drive
Suite 500
Novi, MI 48374
Duncan Huang
Tel: 248-489-7190
Fax: 248-489-8055
Email: info@ngk-detroit.com;
billspiller@ngk-detroit.com

22. Longkou Rongdi Mechanic          Trade Vendor         $449,934
Pioneer Park
Langao Town
Longkou, China
Sha Shengxing
P: 0535-31228616
Email: qiyidan66@163.com;
kokoliu2015@yahoo.com

23. MK Kashiyama Corp.               Trade Vendor         $432,114
1119 Otai Saku City
Nagano, 3850009
Japan
Tsuyoshi Kashiyama
Tel: 81-(0)267-67-1161;
     81-(0)267-66-1755
Fax: 81-(0)267-66-1751
Email: mizusawa@mkg.co.jp

24. Yuhuan Jianghong Machiner        Trade Vendor         $422,469
Yucheng Sub District
Yuhuan County
Zhejiang, 317600
China
Zhang Yuliang
Tel: 86-57689916662
Fax: 86-576-89916298
Email: sales@allbrakecalipers.com;
helen.shen@allbrakecalipers.com

25. Neo Chemicals And Oxides         Trade Vendor         $407,960
PO Box 912632
Denver, CO 12421
Rahim Suleman
Tel: 416-367-8588
Email: f.ng@neomaterials.com

26. Fmp Asia-Thailand Limited        Trade Vendor         $350,850
Pluak Daeng, Pluak Daeng District
Rayong, 21140
China
Attn: Director or Officer
Tel: 66-38-954-515
Email: BMNA@msn.com

27. Stag Industrial Holdings, LLC    Trade Vendor         $345,794
Langh1
C/O Stag Langhorne LLC 1
One Federal Street - 23rd Floor
Boston, MA 02108
Federico Falcone
Tel: 617-226-4963
Email: inverstorrelations@stagindustrial.com;
dshriber@stagindustrial.com

28. Bluecross Blueshield             Trade Vendor         $268,350
PO Box 580017
Charlotte, NC 05445
Customer Service
Tel: 888-630-2583

29. Lynnco Supply Chain              Trade Vendor         $263,792
Iron & Steel Product Div
200 East Randolph Drive
Suite 5200
Chicago, IL 60601
Louis Huang
Tel: 917-992-6968:EXT ROSS
Email: information@lynnco-scs.com;
hildreth@aktube.com

30. Shandong Gold Phoenix Co.        Trade Vendor         $259,843
999 Fule Road
Leling, 253600
China
Attn: Director or Officer
Tel: 86-531-8117-3975
Email: xuyuan@chinabrake.com

31. Friction One Brake Techno        Trade Vendor         $259,740
No. 10 Mianzhou Blvd Industrial
Park Xiantao City, Hubei
China
Attn: Director or Officer
Tel: 0728-3251640
Email: gary.li@friction1.com;
jenny.xie@friction1.com;
elina.zhou@friction1.com

32. JM Johnson Matthey               Trade Vendor         $253,450
456 Devon Park Drive
Wayne, PA 04284
Emily
Tel: 610-971 3063
Email: bankstl@jmusa.com

33. Hangzhou Zhengqiang Corp., Ltd   Trade Vendor         $249,500
Zhangpanqiao Village (Litoujin)
Shushan Street
Xiaoshan, Hangzhou, ZJ
China
Jenssie Yin
Tel: 086 571-57573069
Fax: 0086-571-82367420
Email: xuzq@zhengqiang.com;
fuyun@zhengqian.com;
fuyun@xs.hz.zj.cn;
luciayu@zhengqiang.com

34. International Brake Indus        Trade Vendor         $246,832
1840 Mccullough
Lima, Ohio 45801
Paul Johnson
Tel: 800-537-2838
Fax: 888-424-1061
Email: larry@aup1.com

35. D-Terra Solutions, LLC           Trade Vendor         $234,988
Lawn Service
PO Box 846
Dudley, NC 28333
Mike Minichello
Tel: 919-735-0145

36. Laizhou Sanli Auto               Trade Vendor         $232,794
Replacement Parts Co., Ltd
Zhuqiao Town
Laizhou City, SD
China
Sally Arms
Tel: 86 535 2391155
Fax: 0535-3455886
Email: info@sanliauto.com;
sonnyqi@sanliauto.com

37. QI Automotive Co., Ltd           Trade Vendor         $228,081
No 1 Luanhe Road
Jiaozhou
Shandong, 266300
China
Emily S
Tel: 86-53286628131
Email: bhan@qi-auto.com

38. High Hope Zhongtian Corpo        Trade Vendor         $217,370
15 Hubu Street
Nanjing, China
Attn: Director or Officer
Tel: 00-86-025-86895000

39. Taiwan Brake Technology C        Trade Vendor         $206,293
No. 123-6 Zhonglun Anding Dist
Tainan, Taiwan
Attn: Director or Officer
Fax: 06-5933528
Email: tbt@taiwanbrake.com;
tbt261@taiwanbrake.com

40. Emsa Mufflers                    Trade Vendor         $197,538
1111 South George Steet
Goldsboro, NC 27530
Zoila
Tel: 919-735-3172
Fax: 519-448-1212
Email: jgarza@emsamufflers.ca;
scontreras@emsamofles.com

41. IPFS Corporation                 Trade Vendor         $197,186
10 Winslow Rd.
Weston, CT 06883-1934
Attn: Director or Officer

42. Parts Authority, Inc.            Trade Vendor         $193,700
3 Dakota Drive
Suite 110
New Hyde Park, NY 11042
Randy Buller
Tel: 883-380-8511
Email: contactus@partsauthority.com

43. Heraeus Metals New York          Trade Vendor         $183,750
540 Madison Avenue
Business Unit Trading
New York, NY 10001
Attn Director or Officer
Tel: 212-752-2180
Fax: 212-752-2180
Email: tradingny@heraeus.com

44. Dorman Products                  Trade Vendor         $182,731
P.O. Box 8500 (S-4565)
Philadelphia, PA 13673
Jorge Rustrian
Tel: 215-712-5182
Email: generalinquiries@dormanproduct
s.com;
CRDorman@dormanproducts.com

45. Yantai March International       Trade Vendor         $172,715
No 12 Baoyuan Road
Yantai City, Shandong
China
Attn: Director or Officer
Tel: 0086-5356910801
Fax: 0086-5356910800
Email: gh32@yietcc.com;
yietcc@public.ytptt.sd.cn;
jumperdk@163.com

46. AK Tube LLC                      Trade Vendor         $170,832
15317 Collections Center Dr.
Chicago, IL 60290
Ed Urbaniak
Tel: 419-661-4150
Fax: 419-661-4380
Email: bryant@aktube.com;
hildreth@aktube.com

47. Heidrick & Struggles, Inc        Trade Vendor         $159,402
Softball Leagues
Hobart, IN
Aaron Slusher
Tel: 202-331-4900

48. Hypercat ACP                     Trade Vendor         $136,945
1122 West Bethel Rd., 400
Coppell, TX 75019
Attn: Keith Thompson
Tel: 972-393-6888
Email: kthompson@metalsubstrate.com

49. Integrated Maquila Soluti        Trade Vendor         $134,906
2000 Wyoming Ave Ste A
El Paso, TX 79903
Gabriela Moreno
Tel: 915-534-4252

50. Wenzhou Libang Hexin Auto        Trade Vendor         $101,403
Industrial Zone Tangxia Town Ruian
Wenzhour
Zheijang, China
Attn Director or Officer
Tel: 86-135-0657-8682
Email: shally@chinalbn.com


APELLIS PHARMACEUTICALS: All 3 Proposals Passed at Annual Meeting
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Apellis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., held its Annual Meeting of
Stockholders on June 1, 2020, at which the stockholders:

  (a) elected Gerald Chan and Cedric Francois as class III
      directors, each for a three-year term ending at the annual
      meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023;

  (b) ratified the appointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP as the
      Company's independent registered public accounting firm for
      the fiscal year ending Dec. 31, 2020; and

  (c) approved the advisory vote on the compensation of the
      Company's named executive officers.

                          About Apellis

Headquartered in Crestwood, Kentucky, Apellis Pharmaceuticals,
Inc., is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the
development of novel therapeutic compounds for the treatment of a
broad range of life-threatening or debilitating autoimmune diseases
based upon complement immunotherapy through the inhibition of the
complement system at the level of C3.  By pioneering targeted C3
therapies, the Company aims to develop best-in-class and
first-in-class therapies for a broad range of debilitating diseases
that are driven by uncontrolled or excessive activation of the
complement cascade, including those within hematology,
ophthalmology, and nephrology.

Apellis incurred net losses of $304.7 million in 2019, $127.5
million in 2018, and $51 million in 2017.  As of March 31, 2020,
the Company had $688.9 million in total assets, $429.9 million in
total liabilities, and $259.0 million in total stockholders'
equity.


ARDENT CYBER: Case Summary & 11 Unsecured Creditors
---------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Ardent Cyber Solutions, LLC
          f/k/a Aventador Utility Solutions LLC
        9393 North 90th Street
        Suite 102 #65
        Scottsdale, AZ 85258

Business Description: Ardent Cyber Solutions, LLC is a cyber
                      security firm based in Scottsdale, Arizona.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: June 3, 2020

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Arizona

Case No.: 20-06722

Judge: Hon. Paul Sala

Debtor's Counsel: Allan D. NewDelman, Esq.
                  ALLAN D. NEWDELMAN, P.C.
                  80 East Columbus Avenue
                  Phoenix, AZ 85012
                  Tel: 602-264-4550
                  E-mail: anewdelman@adnlaw.net

Estimated Assets: $0 to $50,000

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Paul O. Paradis, managing member.

A copy of the petition containing, among other items, a list of the
Debtor's 11 unsecured creditors is available for free at
PacerMonitor.com at:

                      https://is.gd/0CXmmX


ART VAN: Robert Levin Wins Approval to Revive Levin Brand
---------------------------------------------------------
Deb Erdley, writing for Trib Live, reports that the bankruptcy
court gave green light to 63-year-old Mt. Pleasant native Robert
Levin to revive the century-old family furniture chain Levin brand.


On May 27, 2020, Federal Judge Christoper Sontchi signed bid of
Levin to buy back the Levin brand, which he sold in 2017, together
with unencumbered contents of the 32 Levin and Wolf furniture
stores in Pennsylvania and Ohio.

In 2017, Levin sold the chain, the region's largest furniture
retailer, to Art Van Furniture, a Michigan-based furniture chain
that was previously acquired by Thomas H. Lee Partners, a
Boston-based private equity firm.

Although the combined chains posted revenues of $850 million in
2018, it declined by early 2020 and filed for bankruptcy in March
2020, opting first for protection and reorganization under Chapter
11 of the bankruptcy code and later transitioning to Chapter 7
liquidation.

May 27, 2020's order marked the culmination of Robert Levin's
second bid to buy back his family's former chain.  A prior deal,
inked days before Art Van filed for bankruptcy, collapsed in
mid-March when Art Van moved into liquidation.

The $25.7 million bid Judge Sontchi approved includes a $10 million
fund that will be set aside to compensate more than 1,000 customers
in Ohio and Pennsylvania who paid for or made deposits on furniture
that Art Van’s owners never delivered.

Mr. Levin, who has partnered in this deal with John and Matt
Schultz, owners of several Ashley Furniture franchises, said they
hope to resume business at select Levin furniture and Levin
Mattress stores this summer.

                    About Art Van Furniture

Art Van is a brick-and-mortar furniture and mattress retailer
headquartered in Warren, Michigan.  The Company operates 169
locations, including 92 furniture and mattress showrooms and 77
freestanding mattress and specialty locations.  The Company does
business under brand names, including Art Van Furniture, Pure
Sleep, Scott Shuptrine Interiors, Levin Furniture, Levin Mattress,
and Wolf Furniture.

The Company was founded in 1959 and was owned by its founder, Art
Van Elslander, until it was sold to funds affiliated with Thomas H.
Lee Partners, L.P. in March 2017. As part of this transaction, THL
acquired the operating assets of the Company and certain real
estate investment trusts, who closed the transaction alongside THL,
acquired the owned real estate portfolio of the Company, and
entered into long-term leases with Art Van.  The proceeds from the
sale-leaseback transaction were used to fund the purchase price
paid to the selling shareholders.

Art Van Furniture, LLC, and 12 affiliates sought Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 20-10553) on March 8,
2020.

Art Van was estimated to have $100 million to $500 million in
assets and liabilities as of the bankruptcy filing.

The Hon. Laurie Selber Silverstein is the case judge.

The Debtors tapped Benesch, Friedlander, Coplan & Aronoff LLP as
counsel.  Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC is the claims agent.


AYTU BIOSCIENCE: Retires $15 Million Debt Owed to Deerfield
-----------------------------------------------------------
Aytu BioScience, Inc., reported that the Company has retired $15
million in a payment obligation owed to Deerfield CSF, LLC and
affiliated parties.  This early payment has satisfied the
previously described $15 million Balloon Payment Obligation that
was assumed through the Company's purchase of the former Cerecor
prescription product portfolio announced on Nov. 4, 2019.

Josh Disbrow, chief executive officer of Aytu BioScience,
commented, "We are pleased to have retired the $15 million
obligation that represents the bulk of the overall fixed amounts
payable to Deerfield following our assumption of this
responsibility that came as part of the acquisition of the Cerecor
commercial portfolio last fall.  By making this early payment, the
Company has removed a large debt overhang, leaving only the $86,840
fixed monthly payments owed to Deerfield through the end of January
2021.  Following the removal of this obligation, and with the large
cash infusion we've had over the preceding two months, the
Company's cash balance remains strong and the Company's debt load
is reduced to approximately $1 million."

                      About Aytu BioScience

Englewood, Colorado-based Aytu BioScience, Inc. (OTCMKTS:AYTU) --
http://www.aytubio.com/-- is a commercial-stage specialty
pharmaceutical company focused on commercializing novel products
that address significant patient needs.  The company currently
markets a portfolio of prescription products addressing large
primary care and pediatric markets.  The primary care portfolio
includes (i) Natesto, an FDA-approved nasal formulation of
testosterone for men with hypogonadism, (ii) ZolpiMist, an
FDA-approved oral spray prescription sleep aid, and (iii) Tuzistra
XR, an FDA-approved 12-hour codeine-based antitussive syrup.

Aytu Bioscience reported a net loss of $27.13 million for the year
ended June 30, 2019, compared to a net loss of $10.18 million for
the year ended June 30, 2018.  As of March 31, 2020, the Company
had $158.95 million in total assets, $73.25 million in total
liabilities, and $85.70 million in total stockholders' equity.

Plante & Moran, PLLC, in Denver, CO, the Company's auditor since
2015, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
Sept. 26, 2019, on the Company's consolidated financial statements
for the year ended June 30, 2019, citing that the Company has
suffered recurring losses from operations and has an accumulated
deficit that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue
as a going concern.


BARFLY VENTURES: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------------------
Lead Debtor: Barfly Ventures, LLC
             35 Oakes Street SW #400
             Grand Rapids, MI 49530

Business Description:     BarFly Ventures LLC is the parent
                          company of HopCat, Stella's Lounge, and
                          Grand Rapids Brewing Co.  Founded in
                          2008, BarFly operates a chain of
                          restaurants.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: June 3, 2020

Court:                    United States Bankruptcy Court
                          Western District of Michigan

Twenty-four affiliates that concurrently filed voluntary petitions
for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code:

    Debtor                                        Case No.
    ------                                        --------
    Barfly Ventures, LLC                          20-01947
    Barfly Management, LLC                        20-01948
    9 Volt, LLC                                   20-01949
    50 Amp Fuse, LLC                              20-01950
    EL Brewpub, LLC                               20-01951
    GRBC Holdings, LLC                            20-01952
    Luck of the Irish, LLC                        20-01953
    HopCat-Ann Arbor, LLC                         20-01954
    HopCat-Chicago, LLC                           20-01955
    HopCat-Concessions, LLC                       20-01956
    HopCat-Detroit, LLC                           20-01957
    HopCat-GR Beltline, LLC                       20-01958
    HopCat-Holland, LLC                           20-01959
    HopCat-Indianapolis, LLC                      20-01960
    HopCat-Kalamazoo, LLC                         20-01961
    HopCat-Kansas City, LLC                       20-01962
    HopCat-Lexington, LLC                         20-01963
    HopCat-Lincoln, LLC                           20-01964
    HopCat-Louisville, LLC                        20-01965
    HopCat-Madison, LLC                           20-01966
    HopCat-Minneapolis, LLC                       20-01969
    HopCat-Port St. Lucie, LLC                    20-01970
    HopCat-Royal Oak, LLC                         20-01972
    HopCat-St. Louis, LLC                         20-01973

Judge:                    Hon. James W. Boyd

Debtors' Counsel:         Rozanne M. Giunta, Esq.
                          WARNER NORCROSS & JUDD, LLP
                          715 E. Main Street
                          Suite 110
                          Midland, MI 48640-5382
                          Tel: 989-698-3758
                          Email: rgiunta@wnj.com

                            - and -

                          PACHULSKI STANG ZIEHL & JONES LLP

Debtors'
Financial
Advisor:                  ROCK CREEK ADVISORS LLC

Debtors'
Investment
Banker:                   MASTODON VENTURES, INC.

Barfly Ventures'
Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Barfly Ventures'
Estimated Liabilities: $10 million to $50 million

The petition was signed by Mark A. Sellers, III, founder and
chairman of the Board.

Full-text copies of the petitions are available for free at
PacerMonitor.com at:

                      https://is.gd/ldUaLp
                      https://is.gd/h8fZjq
                      https://is.gd/lBkovH
                      https://is.gd/xUxfu8
                      https://is.gd/chuWdC
                      https://is.gd/YaYJGl
                      https://is.gd/RYabHo
                      https://is.gd/gBjFZn
                      https://is.gd/zzU93d
                      https://is.gd/7tAO2M
                      https://is.gd/PYdNTO
                      https://is.gd/xBS3fe
                      https://is.gd/nKFCWp
                      https://is.gd/x3dQyL
                      https://is.gd/02bDvn
                      https://is.gd/G45g5a
                      https://is.gd/lSRC8x
                      https://is.gd/MhiSJA
                      https://is.gd/qyzc2c
                      https://is.gd/NYKmJi
                      https://is.gd/BL3335
                      https://is.gd/W14ISq
                      https://is.gd/QSBQaj

List of Barfly Ventures' 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                          Nature of Claim    Claim Amount
   ------                          ---------------    ------------
1. First Savings Bank              PPP Loan during      $6,602,400
Small Business Lending                COVID-19
702 N. Shore Drive
Suite 300
Jeffersonville, IN 47130

2. Gordon Food Service                                  $1,728,525
Dept CH 10490
Palatine, IL 60055

3. Innovo Development Group - RO                           $79,517
1321 S Westnedge Ave
Kalamazoo, MI 49008

4. Consumers Energy                                        $35,400
PO Box 740309
Cincinnati, OH 45274

5. Corrigan Logistics                                      $28,900
23923 Research Drive
Farmington, MI 48335

6. HNI Risk Advisors                                       $27,489
PO Box 510187
New Berlin, WI 53151

7. Plante & Moran PLLC                                     $19,660
166 Collections Center Drive
Chicago, IL 60693

8. Perkins Coie LLP                                        $17,283
PO Box 24643
Seattle, WA 98124

9. Rock Creek Advisors LLC                                 $15,000
555 Fifth Avenue,
14th Floor
New York, NY 10017

10. Envoy Facilities                                       $15,000
Maintenance
8014 Cumming Hwy,
Ste 403-306
Canton, GA 30115

11. Happy PR                                               $14,000
1059 Wealthy St SE #202
Grand Rapids, MI 49506

12. Paytronix Systems Inc.                                 $13,327
80 Bridge St
Newton, MA 02458

13. iHeartMedia                                            $12,037
3964 Collection Center Drive
Chicago, IL 60693-0039

14. NuArx Inc.                                             $10,947
P.O. Box 771994
Detroit, MI 48277-1994

15. QSR Automations Inc.                                    $8,480
2301 Stanley Gault Parkway
Louisville, KY 40223

16. HotSchedules.com, Inc.                                  $8,046
P.O. Box 848472
Dallas, TX 75284-847

17. Hyatt Place Royal Oak                                   $7,819
422 N Main St
Royal Oak, MI 48067

18. Schiff Hardin LLP                                       $7,125
233 South Wacker Drive
Suite 7100
Chicago, IL 60606

19. HR Collaborative LLC                                    $6,366
678 Front Ave NWS
te 265
Grand Rapids, MI 49504

20. Wisely Inc.                                             $5,880
205 E. Washington Street
Suite 2A
Ann Arbor, MI 48104


BCH ENTERPRISES: Gets Court Approval to Hire Real Estate Agent
--------------------------------------------------------------
BCH Enterprises LLC received approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Central District of California to employ real estate
firm Compass California, Inc.

The firm will assist in the sale of Debtor's real properties
located at:

     1. 1820 Tamarack St., Westlake Village, Calif.;

     2. 3901 Freshwind Circle, Westlake Village, Calif.; and

     3. 3754 Whitespeak Drive, Sherman Oaks, Calif.

Compass California will receive a 3 percent commission on the sales
price of each property.

Devon Rice, the firm's real estate agent who will be providing the
services, disclosed in court filings that he and his firm are
"disinterested persons" within the meaning of Section 101(14) of
the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Devon Rice
     Compass California, Inc.
     2945 Townsgate Rd, Ste 300
     Westlake Village, CA 91361
     Phone: 805-617-0645

                       About BCH Enterprises

BCH Enterprises LLC, a company based in Westlake Village, Calif.,
filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 20-10157) on
Jan. 31, 2020. In the petition signed by Brett Harrison, LLC,
member and manager, Debtor was estimated to have $10 million to $50
million in both assets and liabilities.  Randall V. Sutter, Esq.,
at Rounds & Sutter, LLP, is Debtor's bankruptcy counsel.


BILTMORE 24: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
-----------------------------------------------------
The Office of the U.S. Trustee on June 2, 2020, disclosed in a
court filing that no official committee of unsecured creditors has
been appointed in the Chapter 11 case of Biltmore 24 Investors SPE,
LLC.
  
                   About Biltmore 24 Investors

Biltmore 24 Investors SPE LLC and its affiliates, Gray Blue Sky
Scottsdale Residential Phase I LLC, Gray Guarantors I LLC, Gray
Guarantors II LLC, and Gray Guarantors III LLC, listed their
businesses as single asset real estate (as defined in 11 U.S.C.
Section 101(51B) and were formed for the purpose of real estate
acquisition and ownership.

On April 21, 2020, Biltmore 24 and its affiliates filed voluntary
petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. D. Ariz. Lead Case No. 20-04130).  The petitions were
signed by Bruce Gray, manager.  At the time of the filing, the
Debtors had estimated assets of between $10 million and $100
million and liabilities of between $50 million and $500 million.  

Judge Brenda K. Martin oversee the cases.  

The Debtors tapped Michael Carmel, Esq., at Michael W. Carmel, Ltd.
as their legal counsel.


BIOPLAN USA: Moody's Cuts CFR to Caa2 & Alters Outlook to Negative
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service has downgraded Bioplan USA, Inc.'s
Corporate Family Rating to Caa2 from B3, Probability of Default
Rating to Caa2-PD from B3-PD, first-lien senior secured bank credit
facilities ratings to Caa1 from B2 and second-lien senior secured
term loan to Caa3 from Caa2. The outlook was revised to negative
from stable.

Following is a summary of its rating actions:

Ratings Downgraded:

Issuer: Bioplan USA, Inc. (Co-Borrower: Tripolis US LLC)

Corporate Family Rating, Downgraded to Caa2 from B3

Probability of Default Rating, Downgraded to Caa2-PD from B3-PD

$246.9 Million outstanding (originally $375 Million) First-Lien
Senior Secured Term Loan due 2021, Downgraded to Caa1 (LGD3) from
B2 (LGD3)

$102.5 Million outstanding (originally $145 Million) Second-Lien
Senior Secured Term Loan due 2022, Downgraded to Caa3 (LGD5) from
Caa2 (LGD5)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Bioplan USA, Inc.

Outlook, Changed to Negative from Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

The two-notch downgrade action reflects the significant impact that
the novel coronavirus pandemic will have on Bioplan's operating and
financial performance in 2020 and 2021 and the refinancing risk
associated with the first-lien term loan which matures in September
2021. The closure of retail establishments and beauty salons during
the recent lockdowns across North America and Europe, where the
company distributes much of its sampling products, will lead to a
substantial, albeit temporary, deterioration in Bioplan's
profitability and a spike in financial leverage to around 11x
(Moody's adjusted) from 8.8x at December 31, 2019 as well as
negative free cash flow generation. While many regions in North
America and Europe are now gradually reopening their economies,
Moody's expects in-store retail and salon customer traffic to
remain well below historical levels due to rising joblessness,
reduced occupancy guidelines, permanent closure of some
establishments and patrons opting for online shopping, home
delivery and DIY at-home beauty and skin-care to avoid public
gatherings and the potential for continuing circulation of the
virus in the population. Moody's projects Bioplan's profitability
will remain depressed arising from reduced marketing spend and
product sampling volumes from clients who, in turn, are
experiencing decreased demand for beauty and fragrance products
from consumers who are spending more time indoors even as
stay-at-home restrictions are slowly being relaxed. Quarantine and
high unemployment levels have caused consumers to reduce normal
makeup, hair-care, beauty and skin-care regimens.

As the virus threat is eventually neutralized and consumer spending
gradually rebounds in 2021, Moody's projects leverage will improve
to the 9x-9.5x area by the end of next year. However, Moody's does
not expect leverage to return to pre-COVID-19 levels over the
rating horizon given the expectation that some medium-to-large
sized apparel/specialty retailers may close permanently or file for
bankruptcy protection. Moody's expects the pandemic and current
economic recession to accelerate a downward trend in North American
demand for makeup and fragrance products, which has been evident
since 2017. Consistent with this industry trend, Bioplan's EBITDA
has declined each year since its 2016 post-restructuring peak.

The negative outlook reflects governance risks, specifically the
likelihood that leverage will remain elevated above 9x (Moody's
adjusted) over the next two years given Bioplan's current
operational challenges and dependence on consumer discretionary
spending, which Moody's expects will remain depressed for several
quarters due to the economic recession. The negative outlook also
embeds the numerous uncertainties related to the social
considerations and economic impact from COVID-19 on the company's
cash flows, leverage and liquidity. The magnitude of the impact
will depend on the depth and duration of the pandemic, the impact
that government restrictions to curb the virus will have on
consumer behavior, the duration of lockdowns in geographies that
Bioplan operates as well as the timeline for fully reopening those
economies.

Bioplan's Caa2 CFR is constrained by the company's high financial
leverage compared to its small revenue base. Moody's forecasts
Bioplan will continue to experience volatile and cyclical revenue
due to reduced volumes arising from customer consolidation and the
economic downturn. Cyclical increases in raw material prices,
changes in customer product sales and marketing plans, shifts in
product mix as well as aggressive competitor pricing behavior may
also contribute to volatility and operating margin compression.
Moody's projects the company will generate negative free cash flow
and weak EBITDA in 2020 due to reduced product sampling demand,
particularly from North American fragrance clients.

The rating also considers the secular industry pressures arising
from the ongoing shift to internet, social media and e-commerce
platforms for the consumption of beauty products. In addition,
Bioplan faces the possibility of refinancing risk associated with
the first-lien term loan maturing September 2021; accordingly,
Moody's will monitor closely the company's refinancing progress
over the next several quarters.

The Caa2 rating is supported by Bioplan's position as the leading
global provider of sampling and packaging services for the
fragrance, beauty and personal care industries around the globe.
The company enjoys a reputation for new product innovation and
patented and proprietary technologies through its effective R&D
investment, allowing the company to offer an extensive, one-stop
shopping product portfolio, which has also led to long-standing
customer relationships. Bioplan benefits from clients' increasing
emphasis on the importance of product sampling as part of their
marketing plans to attract customers. Though still a small part of
its business, the company has experienced steady growth in its
e-commerce distribution channel and digital/mobile contactless
sampling solutions for its beauty, cosmetics and personal care
clients. Moody's also recognizes the growth in Bioplan's
independent brands, facilitated by the rise of social media
influencers that trial and test products, and increasingly impact
consumer purchasing decisions.

Moody's expects Bioplan to experience weak liquidity over the
coming 12-15 months. The business model has been profitable from an
EBITDA standpoint, requires minimal capex and has the propensity to
generate positive free cash flow. However, Moody's expects free
cash flow generation to be negative this year due to significant
volume and revenue declines leading to EBITDA shortfalls. Over the
next twelve months, Moody's projects negative free cash flow in the
range of -$10 million to -$20 million (or $-5 million to -$10
million, including proceeds from the sale of beneficial interests
in securitized trade receivables). Cash balances were $31.1 million
at March 31, 2020, which include $19.8 million in borrowings drawn
under the $20 million unsecured revolving credit facility maturing
January 2021 (unrated). Bioplan also maintains access to a EUR49
million accounts receivable factoring program (i.e., Europe: EUR25
million; North America: EUR24 million) maturing March 2022, of
which $38.9 million was outstanding at March 31, 2020. The
first-lien term loan has a mandatory 1% annual amortization
(approximately $2.6 million annually or $0.65 million quarterly),
which the company is exempt from paying in 2020 due to prior years'
excess cash flow payments, which qualify as a prepayment under the
first-lien credit agreement.

The rapid and widening spread of the coronavirus outbreak,
deteriorating global economic outlook, falling oil prices, and
asset price declines are creating a severe and extensive credit
shock across many sectors, regions and markets. The combined credit
effects of these developments are unprecedented. The packaging and
interactive product sampling sectors have been some of the sectors
most significantly affected by the shock given their sensitivity to
consumer demand and sentiment. More specifically, the weaknesses in
Bioplan's credit profile, including its exposures to US, European
and Asian economies, have left it vulnerable to shifts in market
sentiment in these unprecedented operating conditions and Bioplan
remains vulnerable to the outbreak's continuing spread. Moody's
regards the coronavirus outbreak as a social risk under its ESG
framework, given the substantial implications for public health and
safety. Its action reflects the impact on Bioplan of the breadth
and severity of the shock, and the broad deterioration in credit
quality it has triggered.

Bioplan faces certain risks associated with social trends that
include consumers' increasing focus on sampling beauty and skin
care products and less on sampling fragrances chiefly due to the
secular decline in magazine sales and associated decrease in
magazine fragrance inserts. Also, the shift of beauty product sales
direct-to-consumer via the internet is being facilitated by social
influencers that trial and test products, which increasingly
impacts purchasing behavior by Millennials, an increasingly large
demographic.

Moody's applied a -1-notch override on the rating for the senior
secured first-lien term loan in its Loss Given Default (LGD) model
to reflect the instrument's diminished expected recovery prospects
arising from the numerous challenges facing the company. The Caa1
rating on the first-lien term loan reflects the instrument's
first-out payment position versus the second-lien term loan and is
driven by its senior position in Bioplan's debt capital structure.
The first-lien term loan is secured by a first-priority lien on
substantially all tangible as well as intangible assets and derives
support from the second-lien term loan. The Caa3 rating on the
second-lien term loan reflects the instrument's subordinated
position relative to the first-lien term loan and low anticipated
recovery prospects as a result of its very junior position.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The rating outlook could be revised to stable if Bioplan
experienced organic revenue growth in the low-single digit
percentage range with 14%-16% adjusted EBITDA margins, financial
leverage in the 8x-9x band (Moody's adjusted) and positive free
cash flow to debt in the 0.5% to 2% range (Moody's adjusted).

A ratings upgrade is unlikely over the near-term, especially if the
coronavirus outbreak and economic recession accelerate the secular
decline in magazine sales, direct-to-consumer purchases of beauty
products online and permanent closure of retail store locations.
Over time, an upgrade could occur if EBITDA margins remain stable
(at a minimum) amid an expanding revenue base resulting in
sustained reduction in total debt to EBITDA below 8x (Moody's
adjusted), free cash flow to adjusted debt of at least 2% and
adjusted EBITDA interest coverage at or above 1.5x. The company
would also need to maintain a good liquidity position and exhibit
prudent financial policies. Ratings could experience downward
pressure if financial leverage, as measured by total debt to
EBITDA, were sustained above 9x (Moody's adjusted), EBITDA interest
coverage declines to below 1x or liquidity experiences further
deterioration such that free cash flow generation becomes
meaningfully negative. Downward pressure could also occur if the
operating and competitive environments were to weaken as evidenced
by erosion in market share, product prices and/or operating
margins. Ratings could also be downgraded if Bioplan is unable to
make timely progress in refinancing the first-lien term loan due
September 2021.

Headquartered in New York, NY, privately-owned Bioplan USA, Inc.,
through its direct parent, Tripolis Holdings Sàrl ("Tripolis
Holdings"), is a leading global provider of marketing, packaging
and interactive sampling products to the fragrance, beauty,
cosmetic and personal care industries. Tripolis Holdings is a
Luxembourg private limited liability company that was created to
merge the sampling and packaging operations of two carve outs, New
York-based Arcade Marketing and Paris-based Bioplan in September
2014. Arcade Marketing was carved out of Visant Corporation, a
marketing and publishing services enterprise owned by DLJ Merchant
Banking Partners and Kohlberg Kravis and Roberts. Bioplan was
carved out of Ileos Group, a provider of luxury, cosmetics and
pharmaceutical packaging owned by Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.
("Oaktree"). Oaktree currently owns 100% of Bioplan USA. Net
revenue totaled approximately $344 million for the twelve months
ended March 31, 2020.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Service Industry published in October 2016.


BMC ACQUISITION: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B-' on Improved Liquidity
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its issuer credit rating and senior
secured credit facility ratings on BMC Acquisition Inc. to 'B-'
from 'CCC+'.

The upgrade reflects BMC's improved liquidity and good market
position as a national outsourced provider of employee benefits and
services.  The company has executed its strategic transformation
initiative, and S&P now expects it will maintain adequate liquidity
over the next 12 months. Currently, S&P Global economists forecast
an unemployment rate of 8.8% (over 40 million unemployment claims
as of May 28, 2020) and a GDP contraction of 5.6% for 2020, which
S&P believes will have a significant effect on the financial health
of small businesses. Indeed, a survey conducted by the U.S Chamber
of Commerce/MetLife in April 2020 concluded that one in four
businesses could only operate for two months or less under current
conditions.

However, while uncertainty regarding the magnitude and duration of
the outbreak remains, some businesses have benefited from the $376
billion of relief for American workers and small businesses, which
was signed into law under the CARES Act on March 27, 2020. Some
have also borrowed from the Central Bank's $600 billion Main Street
Lending Program.

Furthermore, S&P believes the company's national scale, focus on
customer service, and regulatory expertise can help support its
operating performance through the cycle. In addition, given the
company's variable cost structure (its commission-based sales force
accounts for most of its operating expenses), S&P expects the
company to be well positioned to improve its credit measures as the
economic recovery takes shape into 2021.

S&P acknowledges a high degree of uncertainty about the rate of
spread and peak of the coronavirus outbreak.

"Some government authorities estimate the pandemic will peak about
midyear, and we are using this assumption in assessing the economic
and credit implications. We believe the measures adopted to contain
COVID-19 have pushed the global economy into recession. As the
situation evolves, we will update our assumptions and estimates
accordingly," S&P said.

The negative outlook reflects the company's relatively high
adjusted leverage as well as the inherent uncertainty of the impact
of the COVID-19 pandemic and the economic recession on the
company's credit measures.

S&P could lower the rating if it:

-- Anticipate ongoing free operating cash flow deficits stemming
from weaker-than-expected operating performance;

-- Expect increased financial stress resulting from a meaningful
erosion in the firm's liquidity cushion; or

-- Expect aggressive shareholder friendly or investment policies
that result in leverage sustained above S&P's expectations.

Under any of these scenarios, a confluence of factors--such as
large shareholder dividends, debt-financed acquisitions, or weaker
demand resulting from the pandemic and U.S. recession--could result
in S&P's expectation of a near-term payment default or a
reassessment of the longer-term sustainability of the company's
capital structure.

S&P could revise the outlook to stable if BMC is able to
demonstrate good operating performance while improving its credit
measures, such as sustaining its FOCF to debt at 2%-4% and adjusted
leverage below 8x.


BOEING CO: Cuts Jobs, Undertakes Corporate Restructuring
--------------------------------------------------------
Reuters reports that planemaker Boeing Co. said it is eliminating
12,000 U.S. jobs, including 6,770 involuntary layoffs, as part of
its restructuring in the face of the coronavirus pandemic.

Boeing also disclosed it plans "several thousand remaining layoffs"
in the next few months but did not say where those would take
place.

The company announced in April 2020 that it would cut 10% of its
worldwide workforce of 160,000 by the end of 2020.  Boeing said at
the end of May it had approved 5,520 U.S. employees to take
voluntary layoffs, and also disclosed it was notifying 6,770
workers of involuntary layoffs.

Boeing is moving to cut costs as it faces a drop in airplane demand
from the coronavirus pandemic.

Boeing Chief Executive Dave Calhoun told employees in an email that
the "pandemic's devastating impact on the airline industry means a
deep cut in the number of commercial jets and services our
customers will need over the next few years, which in turn means
fewer jobs on our lines and in our offices. ... I wish there were
some other way."

In April 2020, Boeing recorded zero orders for the second time this
year and customers canceled another 108 orders for its grounded 737
MAX plane, compounding its worst start to a year since 1962.  

                        About Boeing Co.

Chicago-based The Boeing Company (NYSE: BA) is the world's largest
aerospace company and leading provider of commercial airplanes,
defense, space and security systems, and global services.  As a top
U.S. exporter, the company supports commercial and government
customers in more than 150 countries.  Boeing employs more than
160,000 people worldwide and leverages the talents of a global
supplier base.  Building on a legacy of aerospace leadership,
Boeing continues to lead in technology and  nnovation, deliver for
its customers and invest in its people and future growth.

                         *     *     *

The aviation industry has been severely affected by the economic
shutdowns and travel restrictions brought by the Coronavirus
pandemic.

Even before the outbreak, Boeing has been burning a lot of cash by
continuing to pay its suppliers and employees without much revenue
as its 737 Max is still grounded.  The 737 Max grounding followed
two fatal crashes for that new model last year.  Now with the
pandemic, airlines are now deferring orders since the virus has
brought global travel to a near standstill.

Boeing in April raised US$25 billion in a bond offering that
allowed the company avoid taking government aid.


BRIGGS & STRATTON: S&P Lowers ICR to 'CCC-'; Outlook Negative
-------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its rating on Wisconsin-based small
engine manufacturer Briggs & Stratton Corp. (BGG)  to 'CCC-' from
'CCC'. In addition, S&P lowered its rating on the company's
unsecured notes to 'CC' from 'CCC-'. Its '5' recovery rating
(rounded estimate: 10%) on the notes is unchanged.

BGG's asset-based lending (ABL) facility, which had $402 million
drawn at March 29, 2020, will mature on Sept. 15, 2020, if the
company does not repay its $195 million of outstanding unsecured
notes by this date or maintain the applicable ABL availability
level required by the credit agreement.

A combination of very high leverage and operating challenges appear
likely to cause a default or distressed restructuring before the
Sept. 15, 2020, springing ABL maturity. BGG's operating
performance, which was soft during fiscal year 2019 due to
unfavorable weather and the Sears bankruptcy, has faced much
stronger headwinds in fiscal year 2020 (FY20) due to the economic
impact of the coronavirus pandemic.

"We believe BGG's very high debt load will remain unsustainable,
reducing the likelihood of the company refinancing the $195 million
of unsecured notes at par. Although the operating environment may
not be as challenging in FY21 as it was in FY20, we forecast sales
will continue to decrease next year as the company and its channel
partners continue to deal with weaker demand due to the coronavirus
and resulting economic slowdown. Profitability will likely improve
only modestly on cost-cuts and operating efficiencies. As a result,
we expect leverage will remain well above 10x throughout FY21," S&P
said.

Internal liquidity may be insufficient to repay the $195 million of
unsecured notes. BGG had only $44 million of cash and $74 million
of ABL availability at March 29, 2020. Although these amounts may
improve throughout the summer as BGG reduces inventory, the company
may not have sufficient liquidity to fully repay its unsecured
notes by Sept. 15 and therefore eliminate the springing ABL
maturity. Furthermore, repayment of the notes would deplete the
liquidity BGG needs to fund capital expenditures as well as working
capital accumulation in the first half of the year prior to its
2021 peak selling season. Despite management's efforts to reduce
peak inventory needs, S&P expects intrayear working capital needs
will remain a significant use of liquidity.

"Considering BGG's challenged capital structure and our expectation
for weak operating performance, we would likely view a
restructuring of the unsecured notes as distressed and thus akin to
a default. The unsecured noteholders could enter formal
negotiations that could result in extension of the debt maturities
or in debtholders receiving less than par. Although this could
benefit BGG's capital structure, we believe creditors would likely
receive less than the original promise if the company were to
restructure its debt, which we would consider a default," S&P
said.

The negative outlook reflects the heightened risk that the company
could default on its debt obligations or pursue a distressed debt
restructuring within the next six months.

S&P could lower its rating on Briggs & Stratton if the company:

-- Enters into or plans to announce a distressed restructuring or
bankruptcy filing.

-- Misses either the upcoming interest payment due June 15, 2020,
or does not repay the unsecured notes at maturity.

Although highly unlikely given S&P's expectations for challenging
operating performance and capital market conditions over the next
12 months, it could raise its ratings on BGG if it expects it will
refinance its upcoming unsecured notes maturities at par.


BRUIN E&P: S&P Lowers Senior Unsecured Notes Rating to 'C'
----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered the issuer credit rating on Oil and gas
exploration and production company Bruin E&P Partners LLC to 'CC'
from 'CCC-'. S&P also lowered its issue-level rating on the
company's senior unsecured notes due 2023 to 'C' from 'CC'. The
recovery rating on remains '5', indicating its expectation of
modest (10%-30%; rounded estimate: 10%) recovery in the event of a
payment default.

The downgrade follows the company's disclosure that it extended its
forbearance agreement with lenders to June 17 after failing to
comply with financial covenants for first-quarter 2020 and missing
its first borrowing base deficiency payment, which was due in May.
Lenders under Bruin's credit facility had previously reduced its
borrowing base in April to $400 million from $725 million,
resulting in a deficiency of $170 million to be repaid over six
months. The company noted it is exploring strategic alternatives as
it continues to struggle with liquidity constraints and weak
commodity prices.

The negative outlook reflects a high likelihood Bruin will undergo
a debt restructuring.

S&P would lower the rating if the company files for bankruptcy or
otherwise completes a debt restructuring.

S&P could raise its ratings on Bruin if it no longer expects
default to be a virtual certainty.



BRUNO ONE: Bid to Stay Bankruptcy Proceedings Amid Appeal Junked
----------------------------------------------------------------
In the case captioned In re: BRUNO ONE, INC., Debtor. BRUNO ONE,
INC., Appellant, v. UNITED STATES TRUSTEE, Appellee,  Civil Case
No. 8:19-cv-3006-T-24 (M.D. Fla.), District Judge Susan C. Bucklew
denied Appellant's motion for stay during pendency of appeal.

Debtor-Appellant Bruno One, Inc. owns and leases residential real
estate. Appellant filed for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 on August
22, 2019. On August 23, 2019, the bankruptcy court issued an order
directing the Debtor to (1) maintain insurance customary and
appropriate to the Debtor's business; and (2) file monthly
operating reports. The order warned the Debtor that failure to
comply would constitute cause for dismissal or conversion of the
case.

On Sept. 12, 2019, the United States Trustee filed a motion to
dismiss or convert the Debtor's bankruptcy case to one under
Chapter 7, pursuant to 11 U.S.C. section 1112(b)(1). The Trustee
argued that Debtor had failed to file documents required by the
Bankruptcy Code and to comply with the bankruptcy court's notice of
deficiencies.

On Oct. 10, 2019, the bankruptcy court held a hearing on the
Trustee's motion.  At the hearing, the Trustee explained to the
bankruptcy court that the Debtor did not obtain proper insurance
for its real properties that would protect the bankruptcy estate,
and the Debtor's counsel acknowledged that fact. The Trustee also
stated that the Debtor did not timely provide him with the required
financial statements or an operating report for August, and the
Debtor's counsel acknowledged that he did not timely submit the
documents.

At the hearing, the bankruptcy court stated that (1) the Debtor had
not complied with the rules of Chapter 11; (2) the Debtor filed its
bankruptcy petition without the necessary information to prepare
the required schedules; (3) the Debtor disregarded the bankruptcy
court's order to obtain sufficient insurance; and (4) the Debtor
did not have sufficient cash flow for a Chapter 11 case. As a
result, the bankruptcy court granted the Trustee's motion, finding
that it was in the best interest of the creditors and bankruptcy
estate to convert the case to one under Chapter 7.

The Debtor moved for reconsideration. The bankruptcy court held a
hearing on the Debtor's motion on Nov. 19, 2019. At the hearing,
the bankruptcy court found, among other things, that the Debtor
still had not obtained sufficient insurance on its real properties,
which was necessary to protect the bankruptcy estate. At the end of
the hearing, the bankruptcy court stated that the failure to obtain
sufficient insurance, alone, precluded the court from granting the
motion for reconsideration and converting the case back to one
under Chapter 11.  As a result, the bankruptcy court denied the
Debtor's motion.

The Debtor appealed the bankruptcy court's conversion order, as
well as the order denying the Debtor's motion for reconsideration.
The Debtor then filed a motion with the bankruptcy court to stay
the bankruptcy proceedings pending the appeal in the District
Court.  The bankruptcy court held a hearing on that motion on Jan.
9, 2020 and denied the motion.

Now, District Court Judge Bucklew explains that to obtain a stay
pending appeal under Fed.R.Bankr.P. Rule 8007, the movant must
establish the following four factors: 1) that the movant is likely
to prevail on the merits on appeal; 2) that absent a stay the
movant will suffer irreparable damage; 3) that the adverse party
will suffer no substantial harm from the issuance of the stay; and
4) that the public interest will be served by issuing the stay. The
party requesting the stay must show satisfactory evidence on all
four criteria. Ordinarily, the first factor is the most important,
and requires a showing that success on the merits is likely or
probable. Nevertheless, a stay may be issued where the appellant
demonstrates that his or her chances of success are merely
substantial so long as a strong showing weighing heavily in the
appellant's favor is made on the latter three elements.

After considering the motion in connection with the standard
mention, Judge Bucklew finds that a stay is not warranted because
the Debtor's chances of success in this appeal are not substantial.
Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. section 1112(b)(1), the bankruptcy court
could covert the case to one under Chapter 7 due to the Debtor's
failure to maintain sufficient insurance on its real properties and
failure to comply with the bankruptcy court's orders directing the
Debtor to do so.  The Debtor does not dispute that it failed to
maintain sufficient insurance. Therefore, the Debtor is not
entitled to a stay of the bankruptcy case.

A copy of the Court's Order dated April 2, 2020 is available at
https://bit.ly/2LoYlSO from Leagle.com.

                         About Bruno One

Based in Clearwater, Florida, Bruno One Inc. is a privately held
company engaged in activities related to real estate.  The company
filed for chapter 11 bankruptcy protection (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case
No. 19-07927) on August 22, 2019, with estimated assets and
estimated liabilities of 1 million to 10 million respectively. The
petition was signed by Caruso Bruno Ivan, president.

The case was converted to chapter 7 on Oct. 10, 2019.


C21 INVESTMENTS: Supplements Notice on Temporary Filing Relief
--------------------------------------------------------------
C21 Investments Inc. supplemented its news release from May 28,
2020, regarding its reliance on temporary regulatory filing relief,
pursuant to the British Columbia Securities Commission's blanket
order, BC Instrument 51-515 Temporary Exemption from Certain
Corporate Finance Requirements, and comparable exemptions in other
Canadian provincial jurisdictions.

As a result of logistical delays caused by the COVID-19 pandemic,
the Company is relying on the Exemption to postpone the release of
its Jan. 31, 2019 audited annual financial statements, and
management's discussion and analysis.  The Company is otherwise
required to release its Annual Filings on or before June 1, 2020
pursuant to National Instrument 51-102 Continuous Disclosure
Obligations, which is now estimated to be filed on or before July
14, 2020 in reliance of the Exemption.

The Company has imposed an insider trading blackout pending the
release of its Annual Filings.  Members of management, directors
and other insiders will comply with the Company's insider trading
policy and the guidelines described in section 9 of National Policy
11-207 Failure-to-File Cease Trade Orders and Revocations in
Multiple Jurisdictions, until the Annual Filings have been
released.

                     About C21 Investments

Headquartered in Vancouver, Canada, C21 Investments --
http://www.cxxi.ca-- is a vertically integrated cannabis company
that cultivates, processes, and distributes cannabis and
hemp-derived consumer products in the United States.  The Company
is focused on value creation through the disciplined acquisition
and integration of core retail, manufacturing, and distribution
assets in strategic markets, leveraging industry-leading retail
revenues with high-growth potential multi-market branded consumer
packaged goods.  The Company owns Silver State Relief and Silver
State Cultivation in Nevada, and Phantom Farms, Swell Companies,
Eco Firma Farms, and Pure Green in Oregon.  These brands produce
and distribute a broad range of THC and CBD products from cannabis
flowers, pre-rolls, cannabis oil, vaporizer cartridges and
edibles.

C21 Investments reported a net loss of US$23.60 million for the
year ended Jan. 31, 2019, compared to a net loss of US$599,471  for
the year ended Jan. 31, 2018. As of July 31, 2019, the Company had
US$94.83 million in total assets, US$59.25 million in total
liabilities, and US$35.57 million in total shareholder's equity.

Davidson & Company LLP, the Company's independent auditor, issued a
"going concern" qualification in its report on the Company's
consolidated financial statements for the year ended Jan. 31, 2019,
citing that the Company incurred a net loss during the year ended
Jan. 31, 2019 and, as of that date, the Company's current
liabilities exceeded its current assets by $13,316,122.  These
events and conditions indicate that a material uncertainty exists
that may cast significant doubt on the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern.


CAMBER ENERGY: Signs Amended Merger Agreement with Viking Energy
----------------------------------------------------------------
Camber Energy, Inc. and Viking Energy Group, Inc. have entered into
an amendment to the definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger signed
by the parties on Feb. 3, 2020.  Details regarding the Merger,
along with a copy of the Merger Agreement, were included in
Viking's and Camber's Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on Feb. 5,
2020, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and are
available under "Investors" at http://www.vikingenergygroup.com/
and http://www.camber.energy/

The amendment (i) modified and clarified the mechanisms pursuant to
which Camber's and Viking's post-combination percentage of Camber
would be determined (without affecting any changes to the
originally contemplated 80/20 percentage split between Viking and
Camber, based on the fully-diluted post-merger capitalization of
Camber, without taking into account Camber's outstanding Series C
Preferred Stock (Camber's 80% split being defined as the "Camber
Percentage")); (ii) placed a cap of 5% (up or down) on the
adjustment mechanism; (iii) corrected a prior error in the Merger
Agreement relating to such calculation; and (iv) included a
prohibition on either party raising capital from the other party's
existing shareholders without prior written consent.

As disclosed previously, the planned merger contemplates Camber
issuing newly-issued shares of common stock to the equity holders
of Viking in exchange for 100% of the outstanding equity securities
of Viking by means of a reverse triangular merger in which a newly
formed wholly-owned subsidiary of Camber will merge with and into
Viking, with Viking continuing as the surviving corporation and as
a wholly-owned subsidiary of Camber after the Merger.  If the
closing of the Merger occurs, the Viking equity holders prior to
the Merger will own approximately 80% of Camber's issued and
outstanding common stock immediately after the Merger (the "Camber
Percentage"), and the Camber equity holders prior to the Merger
shall own approximately 20% of Camber's issued and outstanding
common stock immediately after the Merger, subject to adjustment
mechanisms set out in the Merger Agreement, and in each case on a
fully-diluted, as-converted basis as of immediately prior to the
Closing (including options, warrants and other rights to acquire
equity securities of Viking or Camber), but without taking into
account any shares of common stock issuable to the holder of
Camber's Series C Preferred Stock upon conversion of the Series C
Preferred Stock. Completion of the Merger is subject to a number of
closing conditions, as set out in the Merger Agreement.

Specifically, the Merger Agreement, as amended, provides that the
Camber Percentage is to be adjusted as follows: (i) for each (A)
$500,000 in Camber unencumbered cash (without any associated debt)
available for use by the combined company after the effective time
of the Merger, which comes from equity sold by Camber for cash from
Feb. 3, 2020, through the Effective Time, which is not contingent
or conditional upon the closing of the Merger, or (B) $500,000 in
other unencumbered assets acquired by Camber prior to closing
without increasing Camber's liabilities, the Camber Percentage will
increase by an incremental 0.5%; and (ii) for each additional
$500,000 in Viking unencumbered cash (without any associated debt)
for use by the Combined Company after the Effective Time which is
not contingent or conditional upon the closing of the Merger, in
excess of $500,000, which comes from equity sold by Viking for cash
from Feb. 3, 2020 through the Effective Time, the Camber Percentage
will decrease by an incremental 0.5%.  The aggregate Camber
Percentage Increase or Camber Percentage Decrease shall not exceed
5%.

Camber and Viking are also updating their previously planned next
steps in the merger process and the anticipated timing associated
with each item, as disclosed below:

  Event                                       Projected Timeline*
  -----                                       -------------------
  Viking to file its Annual Report on         Completed
  Form 10-K for Viking's December 31, 2019
  fiscal year end

  Viking to file Current Report on            Completed
  Form 8-K/A including financial statements
  related to its February 3, 2020 acquisition

  Camber to file Registration Statement       Early June 2020
  on Form S-4 with preliminary joint proxy
  statement with the Securities and
  Exchange Commission

  Camber and Viking to receive Fairness       Camber: Received
  Opinions regarding the planned Merger       in April 2020
                                              Viking: Pending

  Camber to file its Annual Report on
  Form 10-K for Camber's March 31, 2020
  fiscal year end                             June 2020

  Camber and Viking to receive
  Shareholder Approval                        Summer 2020

  Camber to receive Stock Exchange
  Approval for the Merger                     Summer 2020

  Closing of the Merger                       Summer 2020

*Estimate only.  There is no guarantee items will be completed by
such date, or at all.  Such timeline may also need to be extended
in connection with delays caused by the Covid-19 pandemic and
governmental responses to such pandemic.

James Doris, president & CEO of Viking, stated, "We continue to be
excited by the enhanced capabilities for greater liquidity and
access to capital markets which will available as a result of the
combination of Viking and Camber and are pleased with the progress
each party has made towards closing the Merger to date."

Louis G. Schott, interim CEO of Camber, stated, "Camber is in the
process of finalizing the initial draft Form S-4 Registration
Statement for the Merger which we plan to file in the next week or
so, and we look forward to closing the transaction this Summer."

                          About Viking

Viking is an independent exploration and production company focused
on the acquisition and development of oil and natural gas
properties in the Gulf Coast and Mid-Continent region.  The company
owns oil and gas leases in Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi and
Kansas.  Viking targets undervalued assets with realistic
appreciation potential.

                       About Camber Energy

Based in Houston, Texas, Camber Energy -- http://www.camber.energy
-- is primarily engaged in the acquisition, development and sale of
crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids from various known
productive geological formations, including from the Hunton
formation in Lincoln, Logan, Payne and Okfuskee Counties, in
central Oklahoma; the Cline shale and upper Wolfberry shale in
Glasscock County, Texas; and Hutchinson County, Texas, in
connection with its Panhandle acquisition which closed in March
2018.

As of Dec. 31, 2019, Camber Energy had $5.10 million in total
assets, $2.02 million in total liabilities, and $3.08 million in
total stockholders' equity.  For the nine months ended Dec. 31,
2019, the Company reported a net loss of $3.40 million.

At Dec. 31, 2019, the Company's total current assets of $2.4
million exceeded its total current liabilities of approximately
$2.0 million, resulting in working capital of $0.4 million, while
at March 31, 2019, the Company's total current assets of $8.2
million exceeded its total current liabilities of approximately
$2.1 million, resulting in working capital of $6.1 million.  The
reduction from $6.1 million to $0.4 million is due to losses from
continuing operations and costs incurred with the merger and
ultimate divestiture of Lineal, including funds loaned to Lineal in
connection with such divestiture.  The Company said the factors
above raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue to
operate as a going concern for the twelve months following the
issuance of these financial statements.  The Company believes that
it will not have sufficient liquidity to meet its operating costs
unless it can raise new funding, which may be through the sale of
debt or equity or unless it closes the Viking Merger, which is
scheduled to be closed by June 30, 2020, extendable up to Dec. 31,
2020 under certain circumstances, the completion of which is the
Company's current plan.  There is no guarantee though that the
Viking merger will be completed or other sources of funding be
available.


CHEFS' WAREHOUSE: S&P Affirms 'B-' ICR; Rating Off Watch Negative
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'B-' issuer credit rating on
U.S.-based The Chefs' Warehouse Inc. and removed it from
CreditWatch, where the rating agency placed it with negative
implications on March 20, 2020. S&P assigned its 'B' issue-level
rating to the company's extended term loan. The recovery rating is
'2'.

"We are also raising our issue-level rating on the company's
existing first-lien term loan to 'B' from 'B-', and removing it
from CreditWatch. We will withdraw our rating on this facility if
all lenders participate in the extended term loan. Our rating
actions assume the transaction closes on the terms provided to us,"
S&P said.

The ratings affirmation and removal from CreditWatch reflects
Chefs' strengthened liquidity position and proposed debt maturity
extension.

Pro forma for the transaction, which will include a prepayment of a
portion of the outstanding term loan balance, S&P expects the
company will still have over $200 million cash. While it expects
Chefs' will need to repay some of its outstanding asset-based
lending (ABL) revolver balance ($80 million outstanding) as its
borrowing base declines due to lower receivables, S&P forecasts
cash on hand will be sufficient to weather unprecedented industry
headwinds through 2021. The term loan extension also pushes out
debt maturities, even if not all lenders participate.

Nevertheless, the negative outlook reflects continued uncertainty
around the severity and duration of the coronavirus pandemic's
impact on the food service industry.

"We believe food service distributor sales have declined 50%-60%
year over year since the start of the pandemic. While we expect
trends will improve in coming months as restaurants reopen, it is
difficult to say when or if conditions will return to pre-COVID
levels. We believe restaurant capacity restrictions across most
states and hesitancy from a large group of consumers to resume food
away from home consumption will prohibit the restaurant industry
from returning to prior levels anytime soon. Further, spikes in
infection rates would likely discourage consumers from eating out
and cause additional government lockdowns, likely leading to more
severe and sustained industry declines than reflected in our
base-case forecast," S&P said.

Chefs' revenues declines have been more pronounced than those of
broad line food service distributors and the company will likely
face a longer path to recovery.

S&P believes the company's declines are more significant (likely
above 80% year over year in late March, improving to the 50%-60%
area in May) than broad line food service distributors such as
Sysco Corp. and US Foods Inc. because of its greater exposure to
menu-driven independent restaurants and fine dining establishments
that rely heavily on on-premise dining. With on-premise dining
banned across most of the country since the outbreak of the
coronavirus, most independent restaurants have been limited to
takeout/delivery services or closed entirely. But even as states
reopen, restaurants will likely face capacity limitations in the
coming months, meaning Chefs' core customer base will likely face a
longer road to recovery than quick service and fast casual dining.
Running at 25% or 50% capacity may not be sustainable for many
independent restaurants, which could force many owners to close
permanently.

Chefs' is also highly indexed to major metropolitan areas such as
New York, Boston, San Francisco, and Chicago. Its key territories
may be slower to recover than more sparsely populated areas in the
country and could be more exposed to future outbreaks and
quarantines. These factors create a high degree of uncertainty
around S&P's forecast for Chefs'.

The negative outlook reflects the potential for a lower rating if
the pandemic causes more severe and prolonged stress to Chefs' cash
flows than S&P forecasts, resulting in an unsustainable capital
structure and eventual liquidity crisis.

"We could lower the rating if we believe fiscal 2021 leverage will
be sustained around 10x, EBITDA interest coverage will remain below
1.5x, or free operating cash flow (FOCF) will be negative. This
could occur if restrictions on restaurant capacity or consumer
hesitancy to resume food away from home consumption materially
lowers sales, including because of widespread permanent restaurant
closures. This could also occur if infection rates spike and lead
to additional lockdowns; a protracted recession and high
unemployment rates dramatically reduce consumer discretionary
spending on food away from home; or the company struggles to manage
food cost volatility," S&P said.

"We could revise the outlook to stable if infection rates subside
and food away from home consumption expands at a strong and steady
pace as states and municipalities reopen, giving us confidence that
Chefs' will restore and sustain leverage below 7.5x, while
maintaining positive FOCF and adequate liquidity," the rating
agency said.

Chefs' is a specialty food service distributor focused on serving
the specific needs of chefs at menu-driven independent restaurants,
fine dining establishments, country clubs, hotels, caterers,
culinary schools, bakeries, patisseries, chocolatiers, cruise
lines, and specialty food retailers. The company offers a wide
portfolio of specialty food products, including center-of-plate
proteins, unique oils and vinegars, charcuterie, specialty cheeses,
truffles, and chocolate.


CHELAN COUNTY PHD 2: Moody's Confirms GOLT Bonds at Ba1
-------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service has downgraded Chelan County Public
Hospital District 2 (PHD 2), Washington's general obligation
unlimited tax bonds to Baa3 from Baa2. At the same time, Moody's
confirmed the Ba1 ratings on the district's general obligation
limited tax bonds. Concurrently, Moody's revised the outlook to
negative, resolving the ratings under review status. The district's
general obligation bond rating was placed under review for possible
downgrade on March 31, 2020 due to the anticipated negative impacts
of the coronavirus and the potential disruption to cash flow
stemming from preparations and response to the pandemic. This
action concludes that review.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The downgrade to Baa3 on the district's GOULT bonds reflects
chronically low liquidity despite recent federal funding. At the
end of fiscal 2019 the district's liquidity had fallen to an
estimated 18 days cash on hand, which is exceptionally low for a
hospital enterprise. Positively, the hospital received both grants
and loans to help manage through the coronavirus outbreak, and as
of April 30, days cash improved to a still quite narrow 38 days.
However, during the first four months of the year, the hospital
continued to present a substantial net loss due to the loss of
revenue-producing services because of the coronavirus outbreak.
Moody's expects this loss to continue through the end of the year
though the net loss should narrow some as the hospital's services
resume.

Supporting the Baa3 rating is the large tax base, though the
economy's reliance on tourism and second home owners will likely
lead to larger property value declines here than the average
Washington tax base. Debt is manageable and positively the district
has delayed its new hospital construction project while it
addresses the weak financial picture and declines in revenue that
predate the coronavirus outbreak. The district participates in a
defined benefit pension plan for its EMS employees; but positively,
the plan has no unfunded liabilities as of fiscal 2018. Favorably,
proceeds from the district's GOULT bonds remain largely unspent and
are held with the county. Additionally, the county collects and
remits the dedicated and unlimited property tax levy for GOULT debt
service, providing modest additional bondholder security, though
this is not statutorily required.

The confirmation of the Ba1 on the district's GOLT bonds reflects
the change in expectations for future debt issuance on par with the
existing outstanding 2013 LTGO bonds. Without the issuance of the
additional USDA LTGO bonds or other hospital revenue bonds, the
operating levy is expected to be sufficient to meet debt service
requirements for the GOLT bonds, leading to a one-notch rating
distinction between the GOULT and GOLT ratings. The GOLT rating
considers the general credit characteristics of the district as
well as the full faith and credit and all-available revenue pledge
of the hospital. Despite the limitations of the operating levy,
Moody's views the pledge as stronger than a general hospital
revenue pledge. Specifically, in the event of a dissolution of any
special district in the state, the superior court of the county has
the authority to order the board of commissioners to levy
assessments in the manner provided by law against property in the
district in the amounts sufficient to retire outstanding debt.

Moody's regards the coronavirus outbreak as a social risk under its
ESG framework, given the substantial implications for public health
and safety. Its action reflects the impact of the crisis so far on
Chelan PHD 2, WA. Moody's will continue to monitor the hospital's
ability to manage liquidity and operations through the ongoing
crisis and will update the rating and/or outlook if Moody's sees
sustained deterioration in the district's finances.

RATING OUTLOOK

The negative outlook reflects the continued deterioration of
district finances and ongoing net loss due to the coronavirus
outbreak. While grants and loans have reduced the near-term risk,
the hospital continues to see higher expense than revenue and is
restricted from making substantial staffing changes if it wishes to
receive loan forgiveness under the SBA's PPP program. Continued
declines in liquidity and suppression of revenue-generating
activity will quickly require the hospital to seek other forms of
liquidity or make more drastic service cuts.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OF THE RATINGS

  - Sustained stronger financial performance, demonstrated by
strengthened liquidity and stronger operating margin

  - Reduced future leverage due to major revisions of the
hospital's new construction plans

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO A DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

  - Further declines in liquidity driven by an inability to reduce
expense to meet ongoing revenue

  - Increased leverage for capital projects, especially if net
revenue has not improved substantially and sustainably

  - Additional debt issuance that depends on the operating levy or
hospital revenue for support

LEGAL SECURITY

The GOULT bonds are secured by a separate and dedicated property
tax pledge, not subject to limitation as to rate or amount.

The GOLT bonds are secured by the full faith, credit and resources
of the district, subject to the constitutional and statutory
limitations provided by law without a vote of the electors of the
district.

PROFILE

Chelan County Public Hospital District 2, Washington operates as
the Lake Chelan Community Hospital in the city of Chelan,
Washington, which is a scenic resort community of approximately
4,000 residents at the edge of Lake Chelan in North Central
Washington. The hospital district encompasses the City of Chelan
and unincorporated portions of Chelan County, and serves an
estimated population of 12,000 (as of 2018 state estimates).

METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in these ratings was US Local
Government General Obligation Debt published in September 2019.


CITGO PETROLEUM: Fitch Rates Senior Secured 2025 Notes 'BB/RR1'
---------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'BB'/RR1 to CITGO Petroleum
Corporation's senior secured 2025 notes. Proceeds from the notes
will be used to repay the $614 million outstanding on Opco's 2021
Term Loan B, as well as offering fees and expenses, and for general
corporate purposes.

The new notes will rank pari passu with other Opco debt and are
secured by a first priority lien on CITGO's three refineries (Lake
Charles, Lemont, and Corpus Christi), inventories, accounts
receivables, and capital stock. Covenants are substantially similar
to the company's existing 2022 notes.

CITGO's ratings are supported by its high-quality refining assets,
significant feedstock flexibility, modest capex requirements, and
the favorable impact of revised (double trigger) change in control
language, which also applies to the new notes.

Rating concerns are material and include market access issues
linked to Petroleos de Venezuela's (PDVSA) legacy ownership of
CITGO; hurricane risks for the company's gulf coast assets; and the
dramatic deterioration in refining conditions stemming from the
coronavirus pandemic, which has led to unprecedented declines in
refined product demand.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Negative Coronavirus Impacts: The economic shutdowns associated
with the coronavirus have resulted in significant declines in
utilization rates and crack spreads for refiners, which Fitch
expects will lead to trough conditions in 2020. While EIA weekly
data indicate the market has retraced some of its losses as
lockdowns have eased -- gasoline is now down 23% y-o-y versus
earlier levels as low as 45%-50% --refinery utilization remains low
at around 71%. CITGO anticipates utilization in the 60%-70% range
on average in 2Q and has scheduled extensive maintenance activity
during this period including turnarounds at Lemont and a larger
turnaround at Lake Charles. A key concern is the duration of
current shutdowns as well as their potential re-emergence in late
fall or winter, given the industry's high fixed costs.

Improved Governance: In line with U.S. sanctions, CITGO has severed
all relationships with its PDVSA-appointed board and a new board
has been installed by the Guaido-led faction of Venezuela.
Operationally, CITGO has ceased all financial and operational
interactions with PDVSA. Despite these improvements, challenges
remain, including ongoing attempts by Venezuela to regain control
of CITGO, although Fitch would note recent court rulings in favor
of the Guaido-appointed board.

Access to Capital: The legacy impacts of PDVSA ownership remain a
key overhang on the credit in terms of capital market access. For
example, CITGO had to replace revolver liquidity with a drawn term
loan in 2019, given bank concerns about Office of Foreign Assets
Control sanctions against Venezuelan entities. Fitch believes CITGO
has access to a capital pool that is deep, but narrow. To its
credit, CITGO has demonstrated market access when markets have
remained closed to other HY energy names, particularly E&Ps;
however, concerns remain about the company's ability to tap the
market if the current downturn is prolonged.

Lower Change of Control Risks: Refinancing has allowed CITGO to
lower the risk of financial contagion from ultimate parent PDVSA
risk through less restrictive change in control language in its
indentures. Existing indenture clauses could force the company to
repurchase its debt at 101 in the event PDVSA is no longer its
majority owner, the company's ratings are subsequently not
affirmed, and CITGO is unable to obtain sufficient consents from
lenders. The financial weakness of parent PDVSA means that there
are several paths that could trigger change of control. However,
CITGO has replaced earlier language with a more benign, two trigger
tests: less than majority ownership by PDVSA and a related failure
by rating agencies to affirm the ratings within 90 days.

Fitch believes there is a lower probability this test is triggered
for several reasons: the 90-day period gives more time and
transparency around any refinancing process, easing bondholder
concerns about completion; and CITGO's credit profile should
improve under nearly any owner besides PDVSA, which limits
bondholder incentives to tender. All of CITGO's debt (including the
new 2025 notes issuance) contains this double trigger language, and
as a result, the company's auditors removed previous "going
concern" language contained in its 2019 financial statements.

Reasonable Financial Results: CITGO Petroleum's financial results
were reasonable despite some coronavirus-linked declines. As
calculated by Fitch, LTM EBITDA as of March 31, 2020 declined to
$723 million versus $1.05 billion as of 2019, with the reductions
driven primarily by weaker crack spreads (primarily in Chicago). As
a result, Opco's LTM debt/EBITDA rose to 3.5x versus 2.4x at YE
2019. Fitch anticipates leverage will spike materially higher as
the year progresses.

Downturn Playbook: In the event of a prolonged downturn, Fitch
believes CITGO could cut capex moderately but notes growth capex
spending is already limited. Management of working capital
(inventories) for cash is also likely, similar to what was seen
during the financial crisis, and distributions would also be curbed
automatically through the mechanics of Opco's restricted payments
basket, which requires the company to earn its way back from any
losses prior to distributing money. At the Holdco level, restricted
cash of $179 million is held in a debt service reserve account,
which acts as a buffer for debt repayment in the event
distributions from Opco are set back.

Parent-Subsidiary Linkage: Fitch rates the IDR of Holdco two
notches below that of its stronger subsidiary, Opco. The notching
differential stems from the significant legal and structural
separations between the two, primarily the strong covenant
protections for Opco's debt, which limits the ability of its direct
parent to dilute its credit quality. Key covenants include
limitations on guarantees to affiliates, restrictions on dividends,
asset sales, and restrictions on the incurrence of additional
indebtedness. Opco debt has no guarantees or cross-default
provisions related to Holdco debt.

CITGO Holding: Ratings for CITGO Holding reflect its structural
subordination to Opco and its reliance on Opco to provide dividends
to cover its significant debt service requirements. Dividends from
Opco provide the majority of debt service capacity at Holdco and
are driven by refining economics and the restricted payments
basket. CITGO Holding's pledged security includes approximately $40
million-$60 million in EBITDA from midstream assets that are
available for interest payments. These logistics assets are pledged
as collateral under the CITGO Holding debt package.

ESG Influence: CITGO has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' under
Environmental Factors for 'Exposure to Environmental Impacts',
which reflects the material exposure that Gulf Coast refiners have
to extreme weather events (hurricanes), which periodically lead to
extended shutdowns. Two of three of CITGO's refineries are located
on the Gulf Coast, including the largest, Lake Charles (425,000
bpd). This factor is a negative consideration on the rating. CITGO
also has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' under Governance Factors for
'Complexity, Transparency and Related-Party Transactions'. The '4'
in this case is related to the impact that the legacy PDVSA
ownership issues still have on the credit despite the transition
CITGO has made to being run by a U.S.-approved board and centers
around contagion risk through change of control clauses associated
with a PDVSA default, as well as the overhang that legacy ownership
creates in terms of capital markets access. Both factors have
negative impacts on the credit profile and are relevant to the
rating in conjunction with other factors.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

At 769,000 bbl/d day of crude refining capacity, CITGO is smaller
than investment-grade refiners such as Marathon Petroleum
Corporation (3.0 million bbl/d), Valero (2.6 million bbl/d), and
Phillips 66 (1.9 million bbl/d) but is larger than Hollyfrontier
(457,000 bpd). CITGO lacks the earnings diversification from
ancillary businesses seen at a number of its peers in areas such as
logistics MLPs, chemicals, renewables and retail. However, CITGO's
core refining asset profile is strong, given the high complexity of
its refineries, which allows it to process a large amount of
discounted heavy crudes and shale crudes, both of which boost
profitability. Legacy PDVSA ownership issues still remain an
overhang on the credit through change of control contagion as well
as market access issues.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

  - WTI oil prices of $32/bbl in 2020, $42/bbl in 2021, $50/bbl in
2022 and $52/bbl in 2023.

  - Crack spreads and refinery utilization drop sharply in 2020 and
recover over the remainder of the forecast.

  - Capex of $270 million in 2020, which rises slowly across the
forecast in line with recovering fundamentals.

  - Corporate SG&A expenses held relatively flat across the
forecast on a $/bbl basis.

  - Company experiences negative FCF over the first two years of
the forecast before flipping to FCF positive in 2022 given
recovering refined product fundamentals.

KEY RECOVERY RATING ASSUMPTIONS

The recovery analysis assumes that CITGO Corporation would be
reorganized as a going-concern in bankruptcy rather than
liquidated.

Fitch has assumed a 10% administrative claim.

Going-Concern (GC) Approach

The GC EBITDA of $1.21 billion estimate reflects Fitch's view of a
sustainable, post-reorganization EBITDA level upon which Fitch
bases the enterprise valuation. This value reflects the potential
for narrower crude spreads on a mid-cycle basis due to structural
changes in the market.

An EV multiple of 5.0x was applied to the GC EBITDA to calculate a
post-reorganization EV of $6.07 billion. This multiple is below the
median 6.1x exit multiple for energy in Fitch's "Energy, Power and
Commodities Bankruptcy Enterprise Value and Creditor Recoveries
(Fitch Case Studies - April 2019)" but is also above the multiple
for the only refining-related bankruptcy contained in that study,
Philadelphia Energy Solutions. Fitch believes the CITGO refining
assets are superior to those of Philadelphia Energy Solutions.
Fitch also notes that, while CITGO's assets have been run to
maximize FCF over the last several years, there is likely to be
relatively strong buyer interest, regardless of any incremental
capex needs.

Liquidation Approach

The liquidation estimate reflects Fitch's view of the value of
balance sheet assets that can be realized in sale or liquidation
processes conducted during a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding
and distributed to creditors.

For liquidation value, Fitch used an 80% advance rate for the
company's inventories since crude and refined products are
standardized and easily re-sellable in a liquid market to peer
refiners, traders or wholesalers. Fitch also assigned relatively
light discounts to CITGO's net PP&E, based on historical refining
transactions, and A/R. These items summed to a total liquidation
value of $3.87 billion.

The maximum of these two approaches was the going concern approach
of $6.07 billion.

A standard waterfall approach was then applied. Subtracting 10% for
administrative claims resulted in an adjusted EV of $5.46 billion,
which resulted in a three-notch recovery (RR1) for all of CITGO
Petroleum's secured instruments (including the new notes), which
are pari passu.

A residual value of approximately $2.88 billion remained after this
exercise. This was applied in a second waterfall at CITGO Holdco,
whose debt is subordinated to that of Opco. The $2.88 billion was
added to approximately $400 million in going concern value
associated with the Midstream assets ($50 million in assumed
run-rate midstream using an 8x multiple), as well as $179 million
in restricted cash, which was escrowed in a debt service reserve
account for the benefit of secured Holdco debt, along with A/R.
This resulted in total initial value at Holdco of approximately
$3.46 billion. No administrative claims were deducted in the second
waterfall. Holdco secured debt also recovered at the 'RR1' level.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

CITGO Petroleum:

  - Sustained improvement in refined product market, marked by
recovering utilization and crack spreads.

  - Improved market access.

  - Mid-cycle lease-adjusted FFO gross leverage below approximately
4.3x.

  - Mid-cycle debt/EBITDA below 3.0x.

CITGO Holding:

  - Sustained improvement in refined product market, marked by
recovering utilization and crack spreads.

  - Improved market access.

  - Mid-cycle lease-adjusted FFO gross leverage below approximately
6.0x.

  - Mid-cycle debt/EBITDA below 4.8x.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

CITGO Petroleum:

  - Prolonged dislocation in refined product market, leading to
sustained weakness in metrics and impaired liquidity.

  - Deterioration in market access.

  - Mid-cycle lease-adjusted FFO gross leverage above approximately
5.5x.

  - Mid-cycle debt/EBITDA above 4.1x.

  - Weakening or elimination of key covenant protections in the
CITGO senior secured debt documents.

CITGO Holding:

  - Deterioration in market access.

  - Mid-cycle lease-adjusted FFO gross leverage approaching 7.5x.

  - Mid-cycle debt/EBITDA approaching 6.5x.

  - Weakening or elimination of key covenant protections in CITGO
Holding senior secured debt documents.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

CITGO Petroleum: At 3/31/2020, CITGO Petroleum's liquidity
comprised approximately $1.42 billion in cash, which excludes $19
million of restricted cash related to the company's insurance
obligations and environmental escrows. The majority of Opco's cash
is from proceeds from Opco's $1.2 billion term loan, which was
issued in 2019 as replacement liquidity for the company's $900
million senior secured revolver and $320 million A/R securitization
facilities. The company has maintained this liquidity on the
balance sheet to handle working capital swings and other cyclical
needs. CITGO also has $290 million in industrial revenues bonds in
treasury that could be remarketed; however, this is less likely in
the current environment given market volatility. Following the
expected repayment of the 2021 term loan, the next maturity due is
the company's $650 million 6.25% 2022 bonds.

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL ADJUSTMENTS

Fitch has made no material adjustments that are not disclosed in
the company's public filings.

REFERENCES FOR SUBSTANTIALLY MATERIAL SOURCE CITED AS KEY DRIVER OF
RATING

The principal sources of information used in the analysis are
described in the Applicable Criteria.


CITGO PETROLEUM: Moody's Rates $750MM Secured Notes Due 2025 'B3'
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a B3 (LGD3) rating to CITGO
Petroleum Corporation proposed $750 million in senior secured notes
due 2025. Proceeds from the transactions will be used to repay $614
million outstanding under the company's term loan B due 2021 and
other general corporate purposes. The outlook is stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

CITGO Petroleum's B3 ratings and stable outlook primarily reflect
the company's solid credit metrics for its rating category, the
location of its assets in the United States (Government of United
States of America, Aaa stable), and certain protections to lenders
provided by credit agreements. These protections are in place to
ring-fence the company from its ultimate owner, Petroleos de
Venezuela, S.A., with clauses for limitations on increase in debt
leverage, dividends, minimum cash, new business associations,
change of control and proceeds from asset sales. In addition, and
despite the current conditions, the company's refineries continue
to generate reasonable financial results, fund capital spending
internally, maintain a solid liquidity profile and access to
capital markets. However, Moody's notes that CITGO Petroleum
remains vulnerable to US actions against Venezuela and the
political situation in that country, which could affect the
company's operating and financial activities.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

CITGO Petroleum's ratings could be upgraded if the risk arising
from PDVSA's ownership, mostly related to legal procedures that
could derive in change of control, asset sales or asset declines.
CITGO Petroleum's ratings could be downgraded if (1) the company
lacks access to capital markets for refinancing debt, (2) its
margins decline because of its lack of access to an optimum mix of
crudes or operating inefficiencies, or (3) PDVSA exerts negative
influence on management's decisions, increasing CITGO Petroleum's
credit risk, although it should be noted that the current sanctions
have resulted in a severing of financial and operational ties.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Refining and
Marketing Industry published in November 2016.

CITGO Petroleum, headquartered In Houston, Texas, is an independent
refining company with a capacity of 769,000 barrels per day (bpd)
across three large refineries that have good logistical and market
positions in the US Gulf Coast and Upper Midwest markets. The
company is a wholesale refiner that sells a large portion of its
refined products under the CITGO brand through around 4,600
independently owned and operated service stations. CITGO Petroleum
is a wholly owned subsidiary of PDVSA, the state oil company of
Venezuela. As of March 31, 2020 CITGO, Petroleum reported assets
and last-twelve-month adjusted EBITDA of $8.4 billion and $1.1
billion, respectively.


CSC HOLDINGS: Moody's Rates $1.1-Bil. Senior Unsecured Notes 'Ba3'
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigns a Ba3 rating to CSC Holdings,
LLC's $1.1 billion senior unsecured guaranteed notes due 2030 and a
B3 to $625 million unsecured notes due 2030. CSC Holdings' B1
corporate family rating, B1-PD probability of default rating, and
all instrument ratings are unaffected by the proposed transaction.
Liquidity remains very good. The outlook is stable.

The guarantors of the new senior guaranteed notes (that also
guarantee the Existing Senior Guaranteed Notes and the Credit
Facilities), contributed: (i) approximately 82% of the total assets
of the Restricted Group as of March 31, 2020, (ii) approximately
89% of the net revenues and approximately 97% of the Adjusted
EBITDA of the Restricted Group for the three months ended March 31,
2020 and (iii) approximately 89% of the net revenues and
approximately 96% of the Adjusted EBITDA of the Restricted Group
for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Moody's expects the transactions to be leverage neutral, with
$1.7631 billion in total proceeds from the offerings, used to repay
maturities totaling $1.716 billion (5.375% guaranteed notes due
July 2023 and 7.75% unsecured notes due 2025, specifically).
Combined with cash on hand, debt proceeds will also be used to pay
redemption premiums, interest, and transaction fees and expenses.
Moody's believes the net effect of the transaction will not
materially change the proportional mix of secured and unsecured
debt, or the resultant creditor claim priorities in the capital
structure.

Assignments:

Issuer: CSC Holdings, LLC

Gtd Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned Ba3 (LGD3)

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned B3 (LGD5)

RATINGS RATIONALE

CSC Holdings' B1 CFR is supported by its large size (approximately
$10 billion in revenue in 2019) and somewhat diversified footprint
with a strong market position in its Optimum footprint which has
very favorable market dynamics. This strength is reflected in very
high, industry leading operating metrics including investment grade
like EBITDA per homes passed and the Triple Play Equivalent ratio.
The company has an upgraded network that produces superior network
speeds that helps it compete with in-market peers and attract and
retain residential and commercial customers, particularly broadband
which helps to offset weakness in video and telephony. Residential
broadband's strong revenue growth and profitability supports high
margins in the broader business, and is a significant contributor
to the company's free cash flow. Moody's expects this strength to
continue, supported by network investments. The company also has
very good liquidity. CSC Holdings' B1 CFR is constrained by a less
than conservative financial policy that tolerates high leverage
(near 5.6x, Moody's adjusted as of March 31, 2020) and substantial
stock buybacks funded principally with most available free cash
flow. Additionally, CSC Holdings' video and voice businesses are
weakening, evidenced by a decline in the subscriber bases and the
company's market share (the Triple Play Equivalent ratio).

Moody's rates CSC Holdings' senior secured bank debt facilities Ba3
(LGD3), one notch above the B1 CFR. The secured debt has a stock
pledge and is guaranteed by the operating subsidiaries of the
Company. Bank lenders benefit from junior capital provided by the
senior unsecured bonds at CSC Holdings (which have no guarantee).
Moody's rates the senior unsecured guaranteed notes at CSC Holdings
Ba3 (LGD3), pari-passu with the senior secured creditors with the
benefit of the same guarantee from the restricted subsidiaries (as
the credit facility creditors) and its view that the stock pledge
for secured lenders provides no additional lift/benefit as the
equity collateral would likely be worthless in bankruptcy. Also,
Moody's rates CSC Holdings' senior unsecured (non-guaranteed) notes
B3 (LGD5), two notches below the B1 CFR given the subordination in
the company's capital structure. The instrument ratings reflect the
probability of default of the company, as reflected in the B1-PD
Probability of Default Rating, an average expected family recovery
rate of 50% at default given the mix of secured and unsecured debt
in the capital structure, and the particular instruments' ranking
in the capital structure.

CSC Holdings has very good liquidity, reflected in its SGL-1
liquidity rating. Liquidity is supported by strong operating cash
flow, full availability under a $2.475 billion revolving credit
facility ($2.297 available net of letters of credit), and
covenant-lite loans. The company also benefits from a favorable
maturity profile with no maturities in 2020 and limited maturities
in 2021, with only $1 billion coming due, or less than 4% of its
obligations.

The stable outlook reflects its expectation that the company will
generate $10.3-$10.8 billion in revenues over the next 12-18
months, about $4.4-$4.6 billion in EBITDA on margins in the low to
mid 40% range. Moody's expects free cash flows of least $1.4
billion, after capital expenditures of near $1.3 billion (12%-13%
of revenue). Moody's projects leverage (total debt/EBITDA) to
improve over the next 12-18 months, but remain high with free cash
flows used to repurchase stock rather than voluntarily repay debt.
FCF/debt will rise to 6%-7%, and interest coverage (EBITDA-CAPEX/
interest) will rise to 2.3-2.4x. (Note: values and ratios above are
Moody's adjusted). Its projections also assume the company's market
share will fall to approximately 35%, measured using its
Triple-Play-Equivalent ratio, and EBITDA per homes passed will be
above $500. Key assumptions include a rise in broadband subscribers
of at least low single digit percent, and video subscribers' losses
of at least low single-digit percent. Its outlook assumes the
company maintains its very good liquidity profile.

CSC Holdings' governance presents a moderate risk to the credit
profile. In particular, financial policy is less than conservative,
tolerating moderately high leverage of 5.6x, Moody's adjusted, at
the end of the last quarter ended March 31, 2020, and higher in
past years). Management's calculation of leverage as of the same
date is 5.3x, above its target ratio of between 4.5x-5.0x
(calculated based on 3/31/20 L2QA EBITDA and net debt which
includes total indebtedness (excluding finance leases , and other
obligations, and issued but undrawn letters of credit under the
revolving credit facility) minus cash and cash equivalents). The
company also plans substantial share repurchases that will absorb
all free cash flow. As of March 31, 2020, Altice USA had
approximately $4.1 billion of availability remaining under the
incremental share repurchase program and expects to complete $1.7
billion in share repurchases in 2020.

Ownership and voting control is also concentrated in Next Alt, a
personal holding company of Patrick Drahi, who is the controlling
shareholder of Altice USA, owning approximately 40% of the shares
and 90.6% of voting stock. This level of control creates governance
risk, with Next Alt in control of all matters submitted to
stockholders for approval. Mr. Drahi, through Next Alt is able to
significantly influence the composition of the Board of Directors
and thereby influence policies and operations, including the
appointment of management, future issuances of Altice USA common
stock or other securities, the payment of dividends, the incurrence
or modification of debt, amendments to the certificate of
incorporation and bylaws, and entering into extraordinary
transactions including acquisitions or the sale of the company
(e.g. a change in control). Additionally, as a controlled company,
there is no requirement, and the company does not have, a majority
of independent directors on its Board of Directors or a nominating
and governance committee. Moody's also notes Next Alt holds 49.3%
of the share capital and 78% of the voting rights of Altice Europe.
Its view of the credit risk, and governance structure would turn
negative should the controlling shareholder of these formally
combined companies use its common ownership to execute (or even
contemplate) a related party transaction, beyond normal operating
activities (e.g. corporate transactions such as direct or indirect
investments or loans, or similar cash or non-cash support
regardless of the form or structure) that is unfavorable to CSC
Holdings.

The rapid and widening spread of coronavirus, deteriorating global
economic outlook, falling oil prices, and asset price declines are
creating a severe and extensive shock that is unprecedented in many
sectors, regions, and markets. The combined credit effects of these
developments are unprecedented. Moody's regards the coronavirus
outbreak as a social risk under its ESG framework, given the
substantial implications for public health and safety. Moody's
believes the cable sector has less exposure than many others, with
the expectation that the demand for voice, video and data are
unlikely to fall. In fact, Moody's expects greater demand across
residential, commercial, governmental, and mobile carriers. Video
viewership and engagement is rising sharply, with subscribers
spending extraordinary time watching TV for news and entertainment
comfort. Moody's also believes cable will see a significant rise in
viewership for entertainment programming, and movies with a
complete shut-down of US cinemas. Broadband demand is accelerating
with increased, more evenly distributed usage driven by remote
workers, and a dramatic shift to online commerce and
communications. Moody's also expects lower capital spending and
some costs with a higher rate of self-installs. Any negative
implications — disruptions to direct selling, slower pace of
construction, loss of certain programming (sports and new
production / content), weakness in small and medium-sized business,
lower advertising sales, higher bad debt expense, and disruptions
to operations (component supply chains, construction / network
upgrades) will be only a partial offset.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

Moody's would consider an upgrade if:

  - Debt/EBITDA (Moody's adjusted) was sustained below 5.0x, and

  - Free cash flow to debt (Moody's adjusted) was sustained above
5.0%

An upgrade would also be considered or contingent on a stable
subscriber base, or more conservative financial policy.

Moody's would consider a downgrade if:

  - Debt/EBITDA (Moody's adjusted) is sustained above 6.25x, or

  - Free cash flow to debt (Moody's adjusted) is sustained below
3%

A downgrade could also be considered if the scale of the company
declined, liquidity deteriorated, there was a material and
unfavorable change in operating performance, or the company adopted
a more aggressive financial policy.

Headquartered in Long Island City, New York, CSC Holdings, LLC
passes 8.8 million homes in 21 states, serving approximately 5
million residential and business customers and 9.7 million primary
service units. The company is wholly owned by Altice USA, a public
company majority owned and controlled by Patrick Drahi. Revenue for
the last twelve months ended March 31, 2020 was approximately $9.8
billion.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Pay TV published
in December 2018.


CSI COMPRESSCO: Holders of 57.9% of Unsecured Notes Accept Offer
----------------------------------------------------------------
CSI Compressco LP and the Partnership's wholly owned subsidiary,
CSI Compressco Finance Inc. said Tuesday that, in connection with
their previously announced Exchange Offer for the Issuers' 7.250%
Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022, at least 57.9% of the Unsecured
Notes are expected to be accepted for exchange.

The Company has extended the Tender Offer a handful of times -- the
latest by 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on June 10, 2020.

Eligible Holders that validly tender their Unsecured Notes prior to
the deadline will be eligible to receive for each $1,000 principal
amount of Unsecured Notes:

     -- $900 principal amount of new 7.500% Senior Secured First
Lien Notes due 2025; or

     -- as applicable and subject to proration as described in the
Offering Memorandum, $975 principal amount of new 7.250% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2027.

The Company has entered into a support agreement with certain
Eligible Holders representing approximately $147.4 million
aggregate principal amount of Unsecured Notes, or 49.8%, pursuant
to which the Supporting Holders have agreed to tender all of the
Unsecured Notes held by them in the Exchange Offer and not withdraw
such Unsecured Notes, subject to certain conditions.

Based on the Unsecured Notes tendered to date and the Supporting
Holders' commitment to tender their Unsecured Notes, approximately
57.9% of the Unsecured Notes would be tendered and accepted for
exchange, comprising sufficient consents to eliminate substantially
all restrictive covenants and certain of the default provisions in
the indenture governing the Unsecured Notes and resulting in the
issuance of $50.0 million of New First Lien Notes and approximately
$113.0 million of New Second Lien Notes in the Exchange Offer.

As of May 5, 2020, $295.9 million in aggregate principal amount of
the Company's 7.25% Senior Notes are outstanding. The 7.25% Senior
Notes accrue interest at a rate of 7.25% per annum and are
scheduled to mature on August 15, 2022.

The New Notes will not be registered under the Securities Act, or
any other applicable securities laws and, unless so registered, the
New Notes may not be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise
transferred within the United States or to or for the account of
any U.S. person, except pursuant to an exemption from the
registration requirements thereof. Accordingly, the New Notes are
being offered and issued only (i) to persons reasonably believed to
be "qualified institutional buyers" (as defined in Rule 144A under
the Securities Act) and (ii) to non-"U.S. persons" who are outside
the United States (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities
Act).

                     About CSI Compressco LP

Based in The Woodlands, Texas, CSI Compressco LP (NASDAQ: CCLP) is
a provider of compression services and equipment for natural gas
and oil production, gathering, artificial lift, transmission,
processing, and storage.  CSI Compressco's customers comprise a
broad base of natural gas and oil exploration and production,
midstream, transmission, and storage companies operating throughout
many of the onshore producing regions of the United States, as well
as in a number of foreign countries, including Mexico, Canada and
Argentina. CSI Compressco is managed by CSI Compressco GP Inc.,
which is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of TETRA
Technologies, Inc. (NYSE: TTI).

At March 31, 2020, the Company had $834 million in total assets and
$799 million in total liabilities.



DIAMONDBACK INDUSTRIES: Seeks to Hire CR3 Partners, Appoint CRO
---------------------------------------------------------------
Diamondback Industries, Inc. and its affiliates seek authority from
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas to
hire CR3 Partners, LLC and appoint its director, Cade Kennedy, as
chief restructuring officer.

Mr. Kennedy and his firm will provide these services:

     a. assist with Debtors' restructuring efforts and completion
of bankruptcy-related reporting requirements;

     b. establish a communication protocol with stakeholders;

     c. assist in the preparation and review of financial
projections and cash flow budgets;

     d. assist in the preparation and review of reports or filings
required by the bankruptcy court or the Office of the United States
Trustee, including schedules of assets and liabilities, statements
of financial affairs and monthly operating reports;

     f. assist in the preparation of a plan of reorganization and
related documents;

     g. help Debtors prepare for hearings, testimony, creditor
meetings, and create supporting exhibits and motions;

     h. assist Debtors in developing litigation strategy and
related analysis;

     i. identify liquidity needs, including determining potential
debtor-in-possession funding requirements; and

     j. evaluate executory agreements.

The firm will be paid at hourly rates as follows:

     Partner                $695 - $795
     Director               $450 - $625
     Manager & Associates   $375 - $450

Mr. Kennedy's hourly rate is $525.

Greg Baracato, a partner at CR3 Partners, assured the court that
his firm is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of Section
101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Cade Kennedy
     CR3 Partners, LLC
     13355 Noel Road, Suite 310
     Dallas, TX 75240
     Phone: (281) 224-9637
     Email: cade.kennedy@cr3partners.com

                    About Diamondback Industries

Diamondback Industries, Inc. is an ISO 9001 registered company that
manufactures tools and ballistics equipment, including eliminators,
igniters and power charges.  For more information, visit
https://diamondbackindustries.com/  

On April 21, 2020, Diamondback Industries and its affiliates sought
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Lead Case No. 20-41504).
Diamondback was estimated to have $10 million in assets and $10
million to $50 million in liabilities.

Judge Edward L. Morris presides over the cases.  

Debtors tapped CR3 Partners, LLC as their financial advisor and
Stretto as their claims agent.  Haynes and Boone, LLP initially
handled Debtors' bankruptcy cases.  The firm withdrew as counsel on
May 22, 2020.


DM DUKES: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
-------------------------------------------
Debtor: DM Dukes & Associates, Inc.
        3218 E MLK
        Austin, TX 78721

Business Description: DM Dukes & Associates is a consulting firm
                      in Austin, Texas.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: June 2, 2020

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Western District of Texas

Case No.: 20-10658

Judge: Hon. Tony M. Davis

Debtor's Counsel: Frank B. Lyon, Esq.
                  FRANK B LYON
                  3508 Far West Blvd, Ste 170
                  Austin, TX 78731-3041
                  Tel: (512) 345-8964
                  E-mail: chris@franklyon.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $500,000 to $1 million

The petition was signed by Dawnna Dukes, president.

The Debtor did not file a list of its 20 largest unsecured
creditors together with the petition.

A copy of the petition is available for free at PacerMonitor.com
at:

                     https://is.gd/nwU7gd


DM WORLD: U.S. Trustee Appoints Creditors' Committee
----------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 21 on June 2, 2020, appointed a
committee to represent unsecured creditors in the Chapter 11 case
of DM World Transportation LLC.

The committee members are:

     1. Premier Trailer Leasing, Inc.
        Jeff Paschal, Director of Credit
        5201 Tennyson Pkwy, Suite 250
        Plano, TX  75024
        Tel: 817-310-2210
        Email: jpaschal@premier-us.net

     2. Star Leasing Co.
        Rob Swan, Controller
        4080 Business Park Drive
        Columbus, OH 43204
        Tel: 614-274-1946
        Email: rob.swan@starleasing.com

     3. Ryder Truck Rental, Inc.
        Mike S. Mandell, Corporate Collection Manager
        11690 NW 105th Street
        Miami, FL 33178
        Tel: 305-500-4417
        Email: mike_mandell@ryder.com
  
Official creditors' committees serve as fiduciaries to the general
population of creditors they represent.  They may investigate the
debtor's business and financial affairs. Committees have the right
to employ legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors at a
debtor's expense.

                 About DM World Transportation

DM World Transportation, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 20-02684) on May 12,
2020.  At the time of the filing, Debtor had estimated assets of
between $1 million and $10 million and liabilities of between $10
million and $50 million.  Debtor is represented by the Law Firm of
Shuker & Dorris, P.A.


DOMINION DIAMOND: Fitch Withdraws 'D' LT IDR on Bankruptcy
----------------------------------------------------------
Fitch has withdrawn the following Dominion Diamond Holdings LLC and
Washington Diamond Investments LLC ratings: Dominion Diamond
Holding LLC's 'D' Long-term Issuer Default Rating, Washington
Diamond Investments LLC's 'D' Long-term Issuer Default Rating, the
'CCC'/'RR1' rating on Dominion Diamond Holdings LLC's first-lien
senior secured facility and the 'C'/'RR4' rating on Dominion
Diamond Holdings LLC's second-lien notes.

The ratings were withdrawn with the following reason: Bankruptcy Of
The Rated Entity, Debt Restructuring or Issue/Tranche Default.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Fitch Ratings has withdrawn the Ratings as the entities have filed
for insolvency protection under the Companies' Creditors
Arrangement Act. Accordingly, Fitch Ratings will no longer provide
Ratings or analytical coverage for Dominion Diamond Holdings LLC
and Washington Diamond Investments LLC.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Rating sensitivities do not apply given the company's filing for
solvency protection.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

REFERENCES FOR SUBSTANTIALLY MATERIAL SOURCE CITED AS KEY DRIVER OF
RATING

The principal sources of information used in the analysis are
described in the Applicable Criteria.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

The highest level of ESG credit relevance, if present, is a score
of 3. This means ESG issues are credit-neutral or have only a
minimal credit impact on the entity(ies), either due to their
nature or to the way in which they are being managed by the
entity(ies).

Washington Diamond Investments LLC

  - IDR WD; Withdrawn

Dominion Diamond Holdings LLC

  - LT IDR WD; Withdrawn

  - Senior secured; LT WD; Withdrawn

  - Senior secured; LT WD; Withdrawn


DYNASTY ACQUISITION: Moody's Cuts CFR to Caa1, Outlook Negative
---------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service has downgraded ratings of Dynasty
Acquisition Co., Inc. and its subsidiary, 1199169 B.C. Unlimited
Liability Company, including the corporate family rating to Caa1
from B3 and the first lien credit facility ratings to Caa1 from B2.
The ratings outlook is negative. This concludes the review for
downgrade that began on April 8, 2020.

The downgrades reflect weaker credit metrics than Moody's had
previously expected due to the adverse impact on aircraft engine
maintenance/repair/overhaul demand in the aftermath of the
coronavirus pandemic. Depressed passenger aircraft flight activity
of late will persist over the coming year and in turn reduce MRO
demand covering about one-third of the company's revenue base, and
leverage will subsequently rise instead of materially declining as
had been anticipated.

According to Moody's lead analyst, Bruce Herskovics, "The
coronavirus' impact on passenger aircraft MRO demand will take
StandardAero's leverage above 8x in 2020, and the degree of
deleveraging possible in 2021 will be limited in its estimation."

Herskovics continued, "That said, a very well timed $200 million
term debt issuance in early-2020 gave the company much needed
liquidity that should enable it to manage through 2021, and
potentially beyond, without needing additional capital or covenant
amendments -- although room for error will be minimal."

The rapid and widening spread of the coronavirus outbreak, the
deteriorating global economic outlook, low and volatile oil prices,
and asset price declines are creating a severe and extensive credit
shock across many sectors, regions and markets. The combined credit
effects of these developments are unprecedented. The aerospace and
defense sector has been adversely affected by the shock given its
indirect exposure to the severely pressured airline industry and
its sensitivity to consumer demand and sentiment. StandardAero's
weakening credit profile and exposure to passenger airlines has
left it vulnerable to shifts in market sentiment in these
unprecedented operating conditions, and the company remains
vulnerable to the outbreak continuing to spread. Moody's regards
the coronavirus outbreak as a social risk under its ESG framework,
given the substantial implications for public health and safety.
Its actions reflect the impact on StandardAero of the breadth and
severity of the shock, and the broad deterioration in credit
quality it has triggered.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The Caa1 CFR reflects leverage in the low-8x range with only
breakeven free cash flow as projected for 2020, against the leading
scale, service and platform diversity of StandardAero's engine MRO
network, and operational progress achieved in recent quarters
resulting in higher quality earnings. Most of the company's
revenues stem from military, cargo and other aircraft where the
coronavirus' effect on demand has been and should remain modest.
StandardAero secured exclusive MRO licenses on several additional
engine programs over the past two years and has already covered the
initial investment requirements associated with those programs.
Notwithstanding high leverage, the rating considers the longer-term
revenue visibility that exists in the aircraft engine MRO segment.
When passenger aircraft flight activity levels ultimately begin to
rise back to somewhat normal course levels, so too should
StandardAero's profitability.

The rating also benefits from an adequate liquidity profile,
recognition that a single MRO facility (Winnipeg) covers the
exposed engine programs which could lessen the complexity of
undertaking more permanent cost reductions in response to low
demand, and the management team's past success with managing rapid
business change. With breakeven free cash flow in 2020 and a
scheduled term loan amortization requirement of only $24 million
annually, cash on-hand and revolver borrowing availability should
be enough to support interim operational needs. StandardAero has
two revolving credit lines with combined liquidity of about $335
million as of March 31st. Maintenance covenants only apply when
borrowing availability thresholds under the revolvers are crossed
and the company should be able to circumvent those triggers.

The negative ratings outlook reflects that the company's
substantial debt load was sized in anticipation of a $4.2 billion
revenue base by 2021, and without healthier passenger aircraft MRO
demand, revenues will probably remain below $3.8 billion, with
deleveraging gradual at best. The risk of a distressed exchange
will likely grow as leverage lingers above 8x. The company's
historically dramatic working capital swings also add an element of
complexity to the forecast. Working capital should decline over the
second half of 2020 and thereby help StandardAero achieve breakeven
free cash flows this year. But the company has not generated free
cash flow since 2016 with non-recurring costs and new contract
driven working capital growth. Expecting free cash flow soon may be
overly optimistic.

The Caa1 rating on the first lien credit facility is on par with
the CFR, reflecting the presence of the effectively senior
asset-based revolving credit line and the effectively junior
unsecured notes. Previously the facility was rated one notch higher
than the CFR, but the up-notch has been eliminated based on greater
expected loss for the debt class. In Moody's view, should a default
occur, the first lien claim would likely recover at the family-wide
rate of about 50%.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Upward rating momentum would depend on leverage below 7x, with free
cash flow in excess of $100 million and an adequate liquidity
profile.

Downward rating pressure would mount with a free cash deficit
exceeding $50 million, leverage continuing above 8x by the end of
2021, a weaker liquidity profile, or if the potential for a
distressed exchange were to rise.

The following rating actions were taken:

Downgrades:

Issuer: Dynasty Acquisition Co., Inc.

Corporate Family Rating, Downgraded to Caa1 from B3

Probability of Default Rating, Downgraded to Caa1-PD from B3-PD

Senior Secured 1st Lien Bank Credit Facility, Downgraded to Caa1
(LGD3) from B2 (LGD3)

Issuer: 1199169 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company

Senior Secured 1st Lien Bank Credit Facility, Downgraded to Caa1
(LGD3) from B2 (LGD3)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Dynasty Acquisition Co., Inc.

Outlook, Changed To Negative From Rating Under Review

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Aerospace and
Defense Industry published in March 2018.

Dynasty Acquisition Co., Inc. is the acquisition vehicle through
which entities of The Carlyle Group acquired StandardAero Aviation
Holdings, Inc. in 2019. StandardAero, headquartered in Scottsdale,
Arizona, is a leading provider of aircraft engine MRO and aircraft
completion and modification services to the commercial, business,
military and general aviation industries. Revenues in 2019 were up
24% to $3.7 billion.


E.E. HOOD: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
---------------------------------------------------
The Office of the U.S. Trustee on June 1 disclosed in a court
filing that no official committee of unsecured creditors has been
appointed in the Chapter 11 case of E.E. Hood & Sons, Inc.
  
                    About E.E. Hood & Sons

E.E. Hood & Sons, Inc., is a single asset real estate (as defined
in 11 U.S.C. Section 101(51B)) based in Von Ormy, Texas.

On April 26, 2020, E.E. Hood & Sons filed a voluntary petition
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No.
20-50804).  At the time of the filing, Debtor had estimated assets
of between $500,000 and $1 million  and liabilities of between $1
million and $10 million.  

Judge Ronald B. King oversees the case.  Debtor is represented by
the Law Office of H. Anthony Hervol.


ENALASYS CORPORATION: Has Until Aug. 31 to File Plan & Disclosure
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Mark S. Wallace has entered an order within which debtor
Enalasys Corporation will file a Chapter 11 Plan and Disclosure
Statement on or before Aug. 31, 2020, and will have a Chapter 11
Plan confirmed before October 31, 2020.

The status conference is continued to Sept. 16, 2020, at 9:00 a.m.

A copy of the order dated May 14, 2020, is available at
https://tinyurl.com/ybrwnv4w from PacerMonitor.com free of charge.

                   About Enalasys Corporation

Enalasys Corporation develops, markets and sells heating and air
conditioning-related products and services especially those related
to environmental matters.

Enalasys filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No.19-11987) on May 23,
2019, listing under $1 million in both assets and liabilities.  The
Debtor is represented by Michael Jones, Esq., at M Jones &
Associates, PC.


ENDEAVOR ENERGY: Fitch Rates New Sr. Unsecured Notes 'BB+/RR2'
--------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'BB+'/'RR2' rating to Endeavor Energy
Resources, L.P.'s proposed senior unsecured note issuance. Proceeds
from the transaction will be used to repay revolver borrowings of
$175 million and add cash to the balance sheet, improving the
liquidity position by approximately $500 million, pro forma for
1Q20.

Endeavor's ratings reflect its oil-oriented Permian basin
production and proved reserve base and competitive full-cycle,
break-even oil price. The high-quality asset base supports FCF
neutrality and flat production growth in the low-to-mid $30/bbl
range. The rating also reflects the company's credit-conscious
financial policy with Fitch forecasted base case leverage metrics
below 1.5x, on average, adequate liquidity position and extended
maturity profile. Endeavor's deep inventory provides a path to
sustainable production growth longer term, as well as a potential
contingent liquidity option in a prolonged downturn. Offsetting
factors include navigating a challenging oil and gas price
environment with minimal hedges, compared to Permian peers, in
place to protect development funding and other credit risks related
to corporate governance.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Large, Quality Permian Footprint: Endeavor's sizeable acreage
position, consisting of 376,000 net acres, much of it contiguous,
is located in the core of the Midland basin, primarily split
between Martin, Midland, and Reagan counties. 1Q20 daily production
averaged 174.1 mboed (68% oil and 17% NGLs). The company's
liquids-weighted leasehold contains 6,400 gross horizontal drilling
locations that support 2+ mile laterals at $40/bbl oil price and a
sizeable inventory (over 40 years). The company's inventory of
gross drilling locations has additional upside associated with
improved oil prices. Ninety-five percent of total gross acreage is
held by production, which adds capital flexibility in the current
commodity price environment.

Drilling Efficiencies Lead to Above Average Netbacks: Recent
drilling activity has been concentrated in Martin and Midland
counties, with both counties seeing excellent well performance as
measured by production volumes and drilling and completion costs.
Well costs were down to $725/ft in 1Q20. Drilling efficiencies
attributable to integrated multi-well pad design, paired rig
strategy and closely-managed pump uptimes manifested in an 18% yoy
decrease in average feet drilled per day and a 6% YoY increase in
average completed stages per day.

Fitch estimates that well-level lease operating expenses decreased
from roughly $11.10/boe in Dec. 31, 2018 to $7.15/boe in March 31,
2020. Fitch observed similar improvements in E&P selling, general
and administrative and gross interest expense, demonstrating the
achievement of cost efficiencies related to operational scale.
Because these improvements to margins are derived from
identifiable, intentional and sustainable changes to operations,
Fitch believes the reported low-cost profile in March 31, 2020 will
persist throughout the forecasted rating horizon and support strong
unit-economics.

Muted Production Growth, FCF Neutrality: Endeavor lowered its
capital and production guidance in order to preserve liquidity in
the lower commodity price environment. The company guided to
production of 135 mboe/d -145 mboe/d, inclusive of price-linked
production curtailments and drilling, completion and exploration
capital of $660 million (midpoint). Fitch believes the updated
drilling program, which assumes one drilling rig for the remainder
of the year, should support positive FCF in 2H2020.

The company's low-cost structure and higher-quality acreage should
help the company regain operational momentum, namely production
growth and moderately positive FCF, in an improved oil price
environment.

Minimal Hedging Policy: In response to lower commodity prices,
Endeavor added fixed-price swaps for approximately 28 mbopd at a
weighted average price of $32.40/bbl for the remainder of the year.
Historically, Endeavor uses hedges minimally outside of oil basis
swaps in a limited volume, and does not plan to materially alter or
increase its hedge position/strategy. Endeavor's minimal use of
hedges introduces additional cash flow volatility relative to
peers, the company's strong unit-economics, capital flexibility,
and conservative capital structure help offset near-term cash flow
and price risks.

Conservative Leverage Metrics: Fitch forecasts year end 2020
debt/EBITDA will be 2.4x, under base case assumptions, before
price-linked improvements thereafter. Fitch believes the leverage
profile will be below 1.5x, on average for the forecast period.
Leverage declines may accelerate as price improvements should
support moderate production growth given the company's higher
quality acreage and competitive cost structure. Fitch believes the
leverage profile will drop below 1.0x in the outer years of the
forecast.

Corporate Governance-Related Risks: Fitch views Endeavor's lack of
an independent board and ownership concentration as presenting
material risks to the company's credit profile. The company's
founder owns Endeavor's GP and the majority of its LP units.
Endeavor also engages in related-party transactions with companies
owned by the founder. However, the terms of the credit agreement
partially mitigate these risks, and Endeavor has moved towards
professional management, including making outside hires for key
management positions in 2016-17.

The credit agreement limits distributions to Mr. Stephens to
$60,000 per month plus $4.8 million per year for his life insurance
policy plus an amount necessary to cover his taxes. Additional cash
distributions may be made if there is no event of default, at least
25% availability on the revolver, net funded debt to EBITDA is
below 3.0x, and the aggregate amount of all distributions does not
exceed the lesser of $100 million or 10% of the borrowing base.
Additionally, all transactions with affiliates must be done on fair
and reasonable terms as would be accepted in a comparable arm's
length transaction.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

At roughly 174 mboed as of March 31, 2020, Endeavor is considerably
smaller than investment-grade, Permian peers Parsley Energy, Inc.
(PE; BBB-/Stable; 197 mboed), WPX Energy, Inc. (WPX, BBB-/Stable,
197 mboed), Diamondback Energy, Inc. (FANG, BBB/Stable, 321 mboed),
Concho Resources Inc. (CXO, BBB/Stable, 326 mboed), and Pioneer
Natural Resources Co. (PXD, BBB/Stable, 375 mboed). WPX's
production profile includes partial Felix impact given the timing
of the acquisition close (March 2020).

Although 1Q20 production approached investment-grade thresholds,
the company guided towards 140 mboepd (midpoint) for the full year
2020 given the material reduced capital program in response to
lower commodity prices. Endeavor's Fitch-calculated unhedged
netback of$24.2/boe (68% margin) is in line with Permian peers,
benefitting from a higher liquids content of Endeavor (85%) and
competitive cost structure, despite its smaller size (production
expenses of $9.9/boe and interest cost of $1.6/boe).

Endeavor has over 40 years of inventory (assuming 8,900 drilling
locations and 215 wells spud per year on average) in some of the
core areas of the Midland basin. Aside from a few of the largest
peers, this stands out against Permian operators which have
required or will likely require sizeable (and potentially levering)
M&A transactions to maintain operational momentum and long-term
production growth. Additionally, the inventory depth provides a
path to sustainable growth and a source of contingent liquidity in
the current challenging price environment.

In terms of leverage, Fitch forecasts Endeavor's YE2020 debt/EBITDA
to be approximately 2.4x and debt/flowing bbl to be approximately
$14,500/bbl. This is slightly higher than peers Diamondback
(debt/EBITDA of 1.9x; debt/flowing bbl of $14,000/bbl), Pioneer
(debt/EBITDA of 1.7x; debt/flowing bbl of approximately
$11,500/bbl), Parsley (debt/EBITDA of 2.2x; debt/flowing bbl of
approximately $12,500/bbl), and Concho (debt/EBITDA of 1.5x;
debt/flowing bbl of approximately $13,000/bbl). Fitch forecasts the
Permian peer group as a whole to exhibit heightened leverage
profiles in 2020 before moderate leverage declines as oil prices
recover in line with base case expectations.

Although Endeavor compares competitively with other
investment-grade rated Permian peers, the company has a minimal
hedging policy which exposes the company to significant cash flow
variability. Fitch estimates the rest of the peer group to have
2020 oil production hedged around 50%-90%, which will lead to less
near-term variability in the current low commodity price
environment. Fitch also views Endeavor's private ownership as
having a negative impact on the issuer's credit profile, given
potential risks related to governance structure.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

  -- WTI oil price of $32.00/bbl in 2020, $42.00/bbl in 2021,
$50.00/bbl in 2022 and $52.00/bbl in 2023.

  -- Henry Hub natural gas price of $1.85/mcf in 2020, $2.10/mcf in
2021, $2.25/mcf in 2022 and $2.50/mcf in 2023.

  -- 2020 capital expenditures and production in line with company
guidance, price-linked improvements thereafter;

  -- Modest cash cost improvement in 2020;

  -- Service company EBITDA of $15 million per year and cash flow
from royalty interests of $20 million per year;

  -- Distributions of $5.5 million per year.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to a
positive rating action/upgrade:

  -- Production approaching 175 mboe/d or higher;

  -- Maintenance of mid-cycle Total Debt with Equity
Credit/Operating EBITDA below 2.0x and/or FFO-adjusted leverage
under 2.3x on a sustained basis;

  -- Steps taken to further moderate corporate governance-related
risks.

Fitch notes that positive rating actions are possible in a more
supportive oil & gas price environment if the company demonstrates
an ability to execute its operational plans, while maintaining
financial flexibility.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to a
negative rating action/downgrade:

  -- Material deviation from management's target leverage ratio
resulting in a mid-cycle Total Debt with Equity;

  -- Credit/Operating EBITDA of over 3.0x and/or FFO-adjusted
leverage greater than 3.3x on a sustained basis;

  -- Pursuit of a growth-oriented capital deployment strategy in a
way that results in a substantially weaker liquidity position
and/or leverage exceeding the threshold stated above;

  -- Evidence of heighted governance risk that could negatively
impact the credit profile.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Adequate Liquidity: Cash and cash equivalents were $64 million as
of March 31, 2020. Endeavor's primary source of liquidity is the
reserve-based revolving credit facility. As of March 31, 2020, the
company has $175 million outstanding under the RBL and an elected
commitment of $1.5 billion. Redeterminations are semi-annual.
Pro-forma for the bond issuance, Endeavor will have approximately
$380 million of cash and no borrowings on the RBL, subject to
market conditions. Cash on hand will continue to fund FCF deficits
in 2Q20.

Extended Maturity Profile: The maturity profile is clear until
Endeavor's $500 million senior unsecured notes mature in 2025. The
company has another $500 million due in 2026 and $1.0 billion due
in 2028.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of 3 -ESG issues are credit neutral
or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity, either due to
their nature or the way in which they are being managed by the
entity.

Endeavor has an ESG Relevance Score of 4 for Governance Structure
as the founder of the company, Mr. Autry Stephens, owns entirely
the general partner (Endeavor Petroleum, LLC) as well as the
majority of the limited partner units of Endeavor. Additionally,
the company does not have an independent board of directors and Mr.
Stephens has the power to select all six members of the board.
Fitch views issues related to Governance Structure to have a
negative impact on the credit profile and is relevant to the rating
in conjunction with other factors.

REFERENCES FOR SUBSTANTIALLY MATERIAL SOURCE CITED AS KEY DRIVER OF
RATING

The principal sources of information used in the analysis are
described in the Applicable Criteria.


ENDEAVOR ENERGY: Moody's Rates New $500MM Unsecured Notes 'B1'
--------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a B1 rating to Endeavor Energy
Resources, L.P.'s proposed $500 million senior unsecured notes
issue due 2025. Proceeds from the offering will be used to repay
borrowings under the company's revolving credit facility and for
general corporate purposes. None of Endeavor's other ratings are
affected by the note's issuance. The outlook is stable.

Assignments:

Issuer: Endeavor Energy Resources, L.P.

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned B1 (LGD4)

LGD Adjustment:

Issuer: Endeavor Energy Resources, L.P.

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Adjusted to LGD4 from
LGD5

RATINGS RATIONALE

Endeavor's senior unsecured notes, including the proposed issue,
are rated B1, one notch below the CFR. The rating on the notes
reflects their subordinated position to Endeavor's $1.5 billion
elected committed senior secured revolving credit facility.

Endeavor's Ba3 CFR reflects the company's large inventory of
acreage in highly productive areas of the Midland Basin and
relatively strong financial leverage and cash flow metrics. While
the company has sharply reduced its drilling program in 2020 due to
low oil prices, average production for the year should still
increase by 10%-15% over 2019 levels. Endeavor's large acreage
position in the core of the basin is considerably bigger than most
of its similarly rated peers. The company is likely to modestly
outspend cash flow in 2020, a significant improvement over the
large cash flow deficits in recent years driven by aggressive
spending. Endeavor's high margin oil-weighted production mix has
allowed the company to maintain low leverage, despite the
outspending. Endeavor is limited by its single-basin concentration
in the Permian's Midland Basin and its history of habitually
outspending cash flow. The company has hedged a modest amount of
2020 oil production, but a large majority of its production will be
fully exposed to low oil prices that are likely to persist into
2021.

Moody's expects Endeavor to maintain good liquidity through
mid-2021. At March 31, 2020 and pro forma for the notes issue, the
company essentially had full availability under its revolving
credit facility. The revolver has a $1.7 billion borrowing base,
although the company has elected a commitment level of $1.5
billion. After fully paying down the revolver with proceeds from
the proposed notes, Endeavor will have more than $350 million of
cash on its balance sheet. Based on its substantially reduced
capital spending program and the benefit of new production brought
on in the first quarter, Endeavor will generate free cash flow in
the second half of 2020. The financial covenants under Endeavor's
revolving credit agreement include a minimum current ratio of 1.0x
and a maximum net funded debt/EBITDA ratio of 4.0x, which Moody's
expects Endeavor will remain in compliance through early 2021.
Endeavor's revolver expires in 2023 and the company faces no debt
maturities until the proposed notes mature in 2025.

The stable outlook reflects Endeavor's comparatively high cash
margins and low leverage which should allow the company to navigate
the current environment of very low commodity prices without a
significant leverage increase.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Endeavor's ratings may be upgraded if the company's retained cash
flow to debt ratio reaches 50% while delivering solid capital
returns, with a leveraged full-cycle ratio (LFCR) above 1.5x. The
company must also reduce cash flow outspending below pre-2020
levels in a normalized price environment and maintain good
liquidity.

The ratings may be downgraded if Endeavor's RCF to debt ratio
approaches 30%, liquidity weakens or its LFCR approaches 1x.

Midland, Texas-based Endeavor is an independent exploration and
production (E&P) company with assets concentrated in the Permian
Basin. The company holds a core net acreage position of
approximately 376,000 acres in the Midland Basin. At year-end 2019
Endeavor had 656 million boe of proved reserves of which 361
million boe was proved developed. Founded in 2000, Endeavor is
privately-held and wholly owned by Autry Stephens and family.

The principal methodology used in this rating these ratings was
Independent Exploration and Production Industry published in May
2017.


FARR BUILDERS: Unsec to be Paid by Property Sale,Insurance Proceeds
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Farr Builders, LLC, filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division, a Disclosure
Statement for Plan of Reorganization dated May 15, 2020.

Adrian Garcia and Jackie Garcia were operating the business before
the case was filed, throughout the case, and will operate it after
filing. Since filing the case they have been under tight financial
reporting controls by the bonding companies who hold bonds for most
of the projects that were ongoing since filing.  All postpetition
sub-contractors have been paid and funds allocated for specific
jobs have been used to complete the jobs.  Going forward the Debtor
has been selected as a level 5 contractor for the government and
will have a simplified bidding process. Farr is also working with
its bonding agent to revive the bond rating in order to qualify for
a project in El Paso that will last 5 years.

Class I General Unsecured Claims will be paid a pro rata share from
the sale of 3 real properties located at 2243 SE Loop 410; 939
Steves; and 319 Probandt.

Class II General Unsecured Claims will be paid exclusively from
insurance proceeds.

Class III General Unsecured Claims will be paid from receivables
earned prepetition or postpetition from work guaranteed by bonding
companies.

Source of payments will be future bonded contracts with the
government and non-bonded construction contracts.  The Debtor owns
6 pieces of real property.  One is secured by a lien in favor of
Frost Bank.  Two have underlying liens and three are free and
clear.  The one secured by Frost Bank will not be sold.  One is a
small strip of land that is not saleable and will not be sold.  All
others will be sold.

The Plan proponent’s financial projections show that the Debtor
will have an aggregate annual average cash flow after paying
operating expenses and post-confirmation taxes, of $688,884.  The
final Plan payment on the unsecured class is expected to be paid
within 6 months due to the sale of real property.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 15, 2020, is
available at https://tinyurl.com/ycuke8ft from PacerMonitor at no
charge.

The Debtor is represented by Heidi McLeod.

                      About Farr Builders

Farr Builders, LLC, a general contractor based in San Antonio,
Texas, sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 20-50324) on Feb. 7, 2020.  At the time
of the filing, the Debtor disclosed $3,792,881 in assets and
$2,345,269 in liabilities.  Judge Ronald B. King oversees the case.
Heidi McLeod Law Office is the Debtor's bankruptcy counsel.


FATSPI & SON: Unsecureds Owed Less than $10K to Recover 2% in Plan
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fatspi & Son, Inc., filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of Florida a Plan of Reorganization and a
Disclosure Statement on May 15, 2020.

Class 5 Allowed Administrative Convenience Class of General
Unsecured Claims are impaired and entitled to vote.  This class
consists of general unsecured creditors with claims less than
$10,000 or to any claimant who agrees to reduce its claim to less
than $10,000.  Such claimant shall be entitled to 2% of its claim.
Such payment shall be made on or before the 30th day after the
effective date.

Class 6 Allowed General Unsecured Claims are impaired and entitled
to vote.  Each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in this
Class shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement,
release, extinguishment and discharge of its respective as
follows(i) 1% of its allowed claim amount to be paid over four
years in equal monthly installments (ii) payments shall be made
monthly (iii) no interest on its claim; and (iv) no prepayment
penalty.

The Class 7 equity interest holder holder, Jean Dubuque and Elotte
Michele, will retain their equity interest in the Debtor.  On the
effective date, each holder of an Allowed Equity Interest in the
Debtor shall retain their Equity Interest in the Debtor and will
receive no Distribution under the Plan on account of such Equity
Interests prior to all payments being made under the Plan.

Payments and distributions under the Plan will be funded by the
continued operation of the Debtor, rental of the units, with the
Debtor collecting rental income.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 15, 2020, is
available at https://tinyurl.com/ybhveoq5 from PacerMonitor at no
charge.

The Debtor is represented by:

         Nadine V. White-Boyd, Esq.
         White-Boyd Law, P.A.
         1818 S. Australian Avenue, Suite 406
         West Palm Beach, FL 33409
         Tel: 561-508-3042
         E-mail: nvwboyd@aol.com
         E-mail: Nadine@wblawpa.com

                      About Fatspi & Son
  
Fatspi & Son Inc. filed a voluntary Chapter 7 petition (Bankr. S.D.
Fla. Case No. 19-26913) on Dec. 19, 2019.  On March 6, 2020, the
case was converted to one under Chapter 11.  Judge Mindy A. Mora
oversees the case.  White-Boyd Law, PA is Debtor's bankruptcy
Counsel.


FLOYD'S INSURANCE: Seeks to Hire Hendren Redwine as Legal Counsel
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Floyd's Insurance Agency Inc. seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina to hire
Hendren, Redwine & Malone, PLLC as its legal counsel.

The firm's services will include legal advice regarding Debtor's
powers and duties under the Bankruptcy Code, analysis of Debtor's
affairs, negotiations with creditors, and the preparation of a
reorganization plan.

Hendren received from Debtor the sum of $20,000.

Hendren does not represent any interest materially adverse to
Debtor and its bankruptcy estate, according to court filings.

The firm can be reached through:

     Jason L. Hendren, Esq.
     Hendren, Redwine & Malone, PLLC
     4600 Marriott Drive, Suite 150
     Raleigh, NC 27612
     Tel: (919) 420-7867
     Email: jhendren@hendrenmalone.com

                  About Floyd's Insurance Agency

Whiteville, N.C.-based Floyd's Insurance Agency Inc. sought
protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D.N.C.
Case No. 20-01982) on May 20, 2020.  At the time of the filing, the
Debtor was estimated to have assets between $1 million and $10
million and liabilities between $10 million and $50 million.  Judge
Joseph N. Callaway oversees the case.  Hendren, Redwine & Malone,
PLLC is the Debtor's legal counsel.


FOXWOOD HILLS: Taps American Legal as Claims Agent
--------------------------------------------------
Foxwood Hills Property Owners Association, Inc. received approval
from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of South Carolina
to hire American Legal Claim Services, LLC as its claims and
noticing agent.

The firm will oversee the distribution of notices and the
maintenance, processing and docketing of proofs of claim filed in
Debtor's Chapter 11 case.  It will also provide balloting services
in connection with the solicitation process for Debtor's bankruptcy
plan.

American Legal received an advance retainer in the amount of
$7,500.

Jeffrey Pirrung, managing director of American Legal, disclosed in
court filings that his firm is a "disinterested person" within the
meaning of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Jeffrey Pirrung
     American Legal Claims Services, LLC
     8021 Philips Highway, STE 1
     Jacksonville, FL 32265

                    About Foxwood Hills Property
                        Owners Association

Foxwood Hills Property Owners Association, Inc. is an organization
of owners of Foxwood Hills -- a lake front community of primary and
vacation homes nestled in the northwest corner of Oconee County,
S.C.

Foxwood Hills Property Owners Association filed its voluntary
petition under CHapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.S.C.
CAse No. 20-02092) on May 8, 2020. In the petition signed by
Gregory B. Sheperd, president, Debtor disclosed $4,253,427 in
assets and $219,780 in liabilities.  Judge Helen E. Burris oversees
the case.  Julio E. Mendoza, Jr., Esq.  at Nexsen Pruet, LLC, is
Debtor's legal counsel.


FOXWOOD HILLS: Taps Nexsen Pruet as Legal Counsel
-------------------------------------------------
Foxwood Hills Property Owners Association, Inc. received approval
from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of South Carolina
to hire Nexsen Pruet, LLC as its legal counsel.

The firm's services will include:

     a. advising Debtor of its rights, powers and duties;

     b. attending meetings with Debtor's representatives and
hearings before the court;

     c. assisting other bankruptcy professionals in the
investigation of the acts, conduct, assets, liabilities and
financial condition of Debtor and any other matters relevant to the
case or to the formulation of a Chapter 11 plan;

     d. reviewing and investigating the validity, extent and
priority of any secured claims against Debtor's estate, and
reviewing and investigating the acts and conduct of such secured
creditors and other parties to determine whether any causes of
action may exist;

     e. preparing court documents and reviewing all financial
reports to be filed; and

     f. representing Debtor in adversary proceedings.

The firm's attorneys and paralegals will be paid at hourly rates as
follows:

     Julio E. Mendoza, Jr.          $515
     Edward G. Menzie               $420
     Kyle A. Brannon                $325
     Janette P. Carter (Paralegal)  $220

Julio Mendoza Jr., Esq., a partner at Nexsen Pruet, assured the
court that the firm is a "disinterested person" within the meaning
of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Nexsen Pruet can be reached at:

     Julio E. Mendoza, Jr., Esq.
     Nexsen Pruet, LLC
     1230 Main Street, Suite 700 (29201)
     Post Office Drawer 2426
     Columbia, SC 29202
     Telephone: 803-540-2026
     Email: rmendoza@nexsenpruet.com

                    About Foxwood Hills Property
                        Owners Association

Foxwood Hills Property Owners Association, Inc. is an organization
of owners of Foxwood Hills -- a lake front community of primary and
vacation homes nestled in the northwest corner of Oconee County,
S.C.

Foxwood Hills Property Owners Association filed its voluntary
petition under CHapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.S.C.
CAse No. 20-02092) on May 8, 2020. In the petition signed by
Gregory B. Sheperd, president, Debtor disclosed $4,253,427 in
assets and $219,780 in liabilities.  Judge Helen E. Burris oversees
the case.  Julio E. Mendoza, Jr., Esq.  at Nexsen Pruet, LLC, is
Debtor's legal counsel.


FREEDOM OIL: Seeks to Hire Okin Adams as Legal Counsel
------------------------------------------------------
Freedom Oil & Gas, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of Texas to hire Okin Adams LLP as
its legal counsel.

The firm's services will include:

     (a) advising Freedom Oil and its affiliated debtors regarding
their rights, duties and powers under the Bankruptcy Code;

     (b) assisting Debtors in their consultations relative to the
administration of their Chapter 11 cases;

     (c) analyzing claims and negotiating with creditors;

     (d) assisting Debtors in the analysis of and negotiations with
any third-party concerning matters relating to, among other things,
a sale of Debtors' assets and the terms of a plan of
reorganization;

     (e) representing Debtors at hearings and other proceedings;

     (f) reviewing and analyzing applications, orders, statements
of operations and schedules filed with the court; and

     (g) assisting Debtors in preparing pleadings and applications
as may be necessary in furtherance of Debtors' interests and
objectives.

The firm's attorneys charge between $250 and $575 per hour for
their services.  The rates for paralegals and other support staff
range from $110 to $150 per hour.

Okin Adams received the sum of $100,000 as retainer.

Okin Adams is "disinterested" within the meaning of Section 101(14)
of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court filings.

The firm can be reached through:

     Matthew S. Okin, Esq.
     Ryan A. O'Connor, Esq.
     Okin Adams LLP
     1113 Vine St., Suite 240
     Houston, Texas 77002
     Tel: 713.228.4100
     Fax: 888.865.2118
     Email: mokin@okinadams.com
     Email: roconnor@okinadams.com

                      About Freedom Oil & Gas

Freedom Oil & Gas, Inc. operates as an oil and gas exploration and
production company.  Based in Houston, Texas, Freedom Oil has
established an acreage position in the oil-rich portion of the
Eagle Ford shale in Dimmitt County.

On May 11, 2020, Freedom Oil & Gas and its affiliates sought
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Lead Case No. 20-32582).  

At the time of the filing, Freedom Oil & Gas, Freedom Oil & Gas
USA, Inc., Freedom Eagle Ford, Inc. and Freedom Production, Inc.
each had estimated assets of between $1 million and $10 million and
liabilities of between $10 million and $50 million.  Maverick
Drilling Company, Inc. and Maverick Production Company, Inc. had
estimated assets and liabilities of less than $50,000 at the time
of the filing.  Judge David R. Jones oversees the cases.  Okin
Adams LLP is Debtors' bankruptcy counsel.


FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS: $37.7M Bonuses for Execs Okayed by Judge
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Mike Robuck, writing for Fierce Telecom, reports that U.S.
Bankruptcy Judge Robert Drain approved bonuses for executives of
Frontier Communications as part of its Chapter 11 bankruptcy
filing.

On May 22, 2020, Judge Drain signed off a $37.7 million in bonuses
for Frontier Communications' executives as the telco works its way
through Chapter 11 bankruptcy.

According to a story by Law360, Judge Drain approved the bonuses
because they appeared to be in line with industry standards, and
were not targeted towards company insiders.  The employee bonus
plan includes paying up to $14.7 million in retention bonuses, up
to $21 million in incentive bonuses based on the company's fiscal
performance, and a $2 million reserve that would be set aside for
newly hired employees or employees not currently covered.

Law360 said that Frontier's bonus program would also pay middle
management employees that the company considers vital to its
operations between $30,000 and $233,000 each.

Frontier's counsel, Stephen Hessler, said the bankruptcy filing and
the coronavirus pandemic made the bonuses even more important as
Frontier seeks to retain key employees.

During a telephone hearing, Judge Drain approved the proposed bonus
plan over an initial objection from the U.S. Trustee's Office after
hearing two creditor groups had dropped their objections once
Frontier agreed to adjust the payment schedule, according to
Law360.

                About Frontier Communications

Frontier Communications Corporation (NASDAQ: FTR) offers a variety
of services to residential and business customers over its
fiber-optic and copper networks in 29 states, including video,
high-speed internet, advanced voice, and Frontier Secure digital
protection solutions.

Frontier Communications Corporation and 103 related entities sought
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead Case No. 20-22476) on
April 14, 2020, to seek approval of a plan that would cut debt by
$10 billion. Frontier announced it had entered into a Restructuring
Support Agreement (RSA) with bondholders representing more than 75%
of its $11 billion outstanding unsecured bonds.

Judge Robert D. Drain oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Kirkland & Ellis LLP as legal counsel; Evercore
as financial advisor; and FTI Consulting, Inc., as restructuring
advisor.  Prime Clerk is the claims agent, maintaining the page
http://www.frontierrestructuring.com/and  
https://cases.primeclerk.com/ftr.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 2 appointed a committee to represent
unsecured creditors in Debtors' Chapter 11 cases.



GAINESVILLE ROAD: Seeks to Hire Dion R. Hancock as Legal Counsel
----------------------------------------------------------------
Gainesville Road Community Trust seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida to hire Dion R.
Hancock, P.A., as its legal counsel.

The firm's services will include advising Debtor of its powers and
duties under the Bankruptcy Code and negotiating with its creditors
in the preparation of a Chapter 11 plan.

The firm will be paid at hourly rates as follows:

     Dion Hancock, Esq.     $350
     Paralegal              $150

Dion R. Hancock does not represent any interest adverse to Debtor
and its bankruptcy estate, according to court filings.

The firm can be reached through:

     Dion Hancock, Esq.
     Dion R. Hancock, P.A.
     405 6th Street South, 2nd Floor
     St. Petersburg, FL 33701
     Phone: (727) 821-1386

              About Gainesville Road Community Trust

Gainesville Road Community Trust sought protection under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 20-03888) on May
19, 2020.  At the time of the filing, Debtor disclosed assets of
between $1 million and $10 million and liabilities of the same
range.  Dion R. Hancock, P.A., is the Debtor's legal counsel.


H-FOOD HOLDINGS: Moody's Rates New $100MM 1st Lien Term Loan 'B2'
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a B2 rating to H-Food Holdings,
LLC's proposed $100 million senior secured first lien term loan due
2025. Concurrently, Moody's affirmed the company's B3 Corporate
Family Rating and B3-PD Probability of Default Rating. In addition,
Moody's also affirmed the B2 (LGD3) ratings for the company's $225
million first lien secured revolving credit facility and $1.6
billion senior secured first lien term loan. Lastly, Moody's also
affirmed the Caa2 (LGD6) rating for the company's $350 million
senior unsecured global notes. The rating outlook is stable.

Hearthside is seeking a new senior secured first lien term loan of
$100 million that is pari passu with existing senior secured first
lien debt. Proceeds from the new term loan will be used to repay
approximately $97 million of outstanding borrowings under the
company's $225 million first lien secured revolving credit facility
and for general corporate purposes. Hearthside used the revolver
borrowings to help fund a $130 million growth capital expenditures
program that will expand its facilities and allow Hearthside to
accommodate newly awarded contracts from its customers. The
borrowings increase Hearthside's already high leverage and cash
interest.

The rating affirmations with a stable outlook reflects Moody's
expectations that Hearthside will reduce leveraging through
anticipated incremental EBITDA growth in 2021, mainly attributable
to its $130 million growth capital expenditure program. Moody's
also expects Hearthside to maintain good liquidity from roughly $94
million of cash and an undrawn revolver, and that the company will
generate positive free cash flow in 2021 once the significant
growth spending subsides and realization of earnings from the
investments.

Moody's took the following rating actions on H-Food Holdings, LLC:

  - Corporate Family Rating, affirmed at B3;

  - Probability of Default Rating, affirmed at B3-PD;

  - Proposed $100 million senior secured first lien term loan
maturing 2025, assigned a B2 (LGD3)

  - First lien senior secured revolving credit facility expiring
2023, affirmed at B2 (LGD3);

  - Senior secured first lien term loan maturing 2025, affirmed at
B2 (LGD3)

  - Senior unsecured global notes maturing 2026, affirmed at Caa2
(LGD6)

Outlook Actions:

  - Outlook remains stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

Hearthside's B3 Corporate Family Rating reflects its high financial
leverage at over 8x, the risk in achieving targeted profitability
from its capital expansion program during a time of low visibility
due to the coronavirus pandemic, and modest customer concentration.
Moody's expects leverage to fall below 7x within 18-24 months,
mainly as a result of incremental EBITDA growth from the company's
$130 million growth capital investments. The rating also reflects
event risk, such as additional leveraged acquisitions and
aggressive shareholder distributions, given the company's financial
sponsor ownership. At the same time, the rating incorporates the
company's good position as a contract manufacturer and packager of
food products. The company has longstanding relationships with
leading US food companies and limited commodity exposure due to
pass-through cost arrangements. This helps limit cash flow and
earnings volatility. The company has good liquidity.

Hearthside's revenue declined in the first quarter despite strong
demand experienced by the company's packaged food customers because
of pantry loading and greater at-home food consumption related to
the coronavirus. Management attributed the weakness to a decline in
fresh sandwich sales as well as a decline in functional bar sales,
which are sold at airports and other on-the-go locations, and were
thus impacted by reduced travel and commuting due to the
coronavirus pandemic. In Fiscal 2020, Moody's expects Hearthside's
revenues to be relatively flat year over year, as weakness in fresh
sandwiches and functionals bars is offset by strength in
Hearthside's other packaged food categories.

ESG considerations include high social risks associated with the
coronavirus outbreak given the substantial implications for public
health and safety. The rapid and widening spread of the coronavirus
outbreak, lingering store closures, deteriorating economic outlook,
and falling oil prices are creating a severe and extensive credit
shock across many sectors. The combined credit effects of these
developments are unprecedented. The consumer-packaged food sector
has been somewhat affected by the shock given its sensitivity to
consumer demand and sentiment including a change in consumer
purchasing habits and volatility in price. More specifically, there
could be shifts in market sentiment during these unprecedented
operating conditions. Other EGS considerations include corporate
governance risk associated with an aggressive financial policy
evidenced by high financial leverage.

The stable rating outlook reflects Moody's expectation that
Hearthside's financial leverage will remain high with incremental
debt to fund a sizable capital program in 2020. The stable outlook
also reflects Moody's view that the company will maintain good
liquidity, generate relatively stable revenue in 2020, and that the
new investments will lead to incremental earnings, lower leverage
and positive free cash flow in 2021.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Ratings could be upgraded if the company maintains stable operating
performance, and reduces financial leverage such that debt to
EBITDA approaches 6x.

Ratings could be downgraded if operating performance weakens,
financial policy turns more aggressive or liquidity deteriorates.
Ratings could also be downgraded if interest coverage measured as
EBITA to interest approaches 1.0x, or the company does not generate
positive free cash flow.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Consumer
Packaged Goods Methodology published in February 2020.

Hearthside is a contract manufacturer and packager of packaged food
products in North America and to a lesser extent Europe. The
company supplies companies such as General Mills, Kellogg's, Kraft
Heinz, PepsiCo, and Mondelez. Revenue is approximately $3.1
billion. Hearthside is owned by an investment group led by
Charlesbank Capital Partners and Partners Group following an April
2018 leveraged buyout.


HUGO BOSS: CEO Expects Very Difficult Second Quarter
----------------------------------------------------
Reuters report that retailer Hugo Boss anticipates recovery in
business in the third quarter of 2020, the earliest, due to
consumer caution and store closures during the COVID-10 pandemic,
as confirmed by their CEO on May 27, 2020.

"We must prepare for a very difficult second quarter," Mark Langer
told the company's annual general meeting held online.

Langer said conditions were particularly tough in Europe and
America which account for about 85 per cent of sales and which are
still hit by store closures and restrained consumption patterns.

"We only expect a noticeable but gradual improvement in the market
environment from the third quarter at the earliest," he said.

Hugo Boss warned earlier in May 2020 to expect second quarter sales
to fall by at least 50% even though all its stores have reopened in
China and are gradually reopening elsewhere.

                       About Hugo Boss

Hugo Boss AG, often styled as BOSS, is a German luxury fashion
house headquartered in Metzingen, Baden-Württemberg.  Hugo Boss
AG, together with its subsidiaries, develops, markets, and
distributes fashion and accessories for men and women worldwide.
Founded in 1924, Hugo Boss is one of the biggest German clothing
companies, with global sales of EUR2.9 billion in 2019.  HUGO
(ETR:BOSS) is traded on XETRA Stock Exchange.  It employs 14,000
people.



INMARKETING GROUP: June 23 Plan Confirmation Hearing Set
--------------------------------------------------------
Inmarketing Group, Inc., d/b/a IN Marketing Group, filed with the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Jersey a motion for
entry of an order approving the Disclosure Statement for the Plan
of Reorganization.

On May 14, 2020, Judge Stacey L. Meisel granted the motion and
ordered that:

  * The Disclosure Statement is approved as containing adequate
information within the meaning of Section 1125 of the Bankruptcy
Code.

  * June 23, 2020, at 11:00 a.m. before the Honorable Stacey L.
Meisel, in Courtroom 3A of the United States Bankruptcy Court for
the District of New Jersey, 50 Walnut Street, 3rd Floor, Newark,
New Jersey 07102 is the confirmation hearing.

  * June 16, 2020, at 12:00 p.m. is fixed as the last day to file
all objections to confirmation of the Plan.

  * June 19, 2020, at 12:00 p.m. is fixed as the last day for the
Debtor to file a consolidated reply to any timely-filed Plan
Objections.

  * The Debtor is authorized to prepare and distribute other or
modified forms substantially conforming with the Ballot as the
Debtor deems necessary due to further refinement of the balloting
process and/or modifications to the Plan.

  * The Debtor is authorized to solicit, receive, and tabulate
votes to accept the Plan in accordance with the instructions,
rules, and procedures set forth in the Disclosure Statement, which
are hereby approved in their entirety.

A copy of the order dated May 14, 2020, is available at
https://tinyurl.com/y9gcbex2 from PacerMonitor.com free of charge.

Counsel for Debtor:

         WILK AUSLANDER LLP
         1515 Broadway, 43rd Floor
         New York, New York 10036
         Telephone: (212) 981-2300
         Eric J. Snyder, Esq.
         Eloy A. Peral, Esq.
         E-mail: esnyder@wilkauslander.com
                 eperal@wilkauslander.com

               - and -

         SHAPIRO, CROLAND, REISER, APFEL & DI IORIO LLP
         411 Hackensack Avenue
         Hackensack, New Jersey 07601
         Telephone: (201) 897-2411
         John P. Di Iorio, Esq.
         E-mail: jdiiorio@shapiro-croland.com

                   About IN Marketing Group

IN Marketing Group -- http://www.inmarketinggroup.com/-- is an
advertising agency that helps companies grow by providing corporate
gifts and customized incentive programs to their clients.  It helps
businesses penetrate new markets, reward their loyal customers and
upsell to existing clients while retaining their top sales
performers.

IN Marketing Group sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.N.J. Case No. 19-25754) on Aug. 14, 2019.
In the petition signed by Alan Traiger, president, the Debtor
disclosed $2,206,521 in assets and $4,513,541 in liabilities.  The
case is assigned to Judge Stacey L. Meisel.  The Debtor is
represented by Shapiro Croland Reiser Apfel & Di Iorio, LLP and
Wilk Auslander LLP.

The Office of the U.S. Trustee appointed a committee of unsecured
creditors in the Debtor's bankruptcy case.


J.B. POINDEXTER: Moody's Alters Outlook on B1 CFR to Negative
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service confirmed the ratings of J.B. Poindexter
& Co., Inc., including the corporate family rating at B1, the
Probability of Default Rating at B1-PD and the senior unsecured
rating at B2. The outlook is negative. This action concludes the
review for downgrade initiated on March 26, 2020.

The rating confirmations reflect Moody's view that J.B.
Poindexter's sizable cash balance and particularly strong orderbook
for step-vans in its Morgan Olson division position the company to
weather recessionary conditions through 2020, as well as fund
necessary investments to support expected growth at Morgan Olson.
Moody's expects deterioration in the company's credit metrics in
2020, including debt/EBITDA above 5x and moderately negative free
cash flow, before improving in 2021 with leverage returning to the
mid-3x range and positive free cash flow generation.

The following rating actions were taken:

Confirmations:

Issuer: J.B. Poindexter & Co., Inc.

Corporate Family Rating, Confirmed at B1

Probability of Default Rating, Confirmed at B1-PD

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Confirmed at B2 (LGD4)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: J.B. Poindexter & Co., Inc.

Outlook, Changed To Negative From Rating Under Review

RATINGS RATIONALE

J.B. Poindexter's ratings, including the B1 CFR, reflect the
moderate scale of the company's various businesses, large customer
concentrations with high variability around annual fleet truck
orders and exposure to cyclical end-markets. The company has a
strong market share in the majority of its business lines, a
national footprint, and long-standing relationships with its key
customers. Moody's expects J.B. Poindexter's credit metrics to
weaken considerably in 2020 following a strong 2019 as the expected
downturn in the truck cycle combined with recessionary conditions
will lead to a revenue decline near 20%. Revenue in the company's
largest division, Morgan, will be down substantially as its primary
customers drastically cut fleet investment purchases during the
year. However, Moody's expects revenues at the company's next
largest division, Morgan Olson, to increase significantly due to
strong demand for its step-van vehicles used by last-mile delivery
companies. Materially weighing on margins will be supply
constraints of medium-duty chassis in both divisions, as well as
other areas of J.B. Poindexter. Moody's expects the company's EBITA
margin to fall below 5% in 2020 (from 8.5% in 2019) before
returning to near 6% in 2021.

Moody's expects J.B. Poindexter to maintain adequate liquidity into
2021. The company's liquidity position is primarily supported by
$164 million in cash at end of March 2020 (although Moody's expects
a sizeable cash burn during Q2 2020) and full availability of its
$100 million asset-based lending facility due 2022. Free cash flow
is expected to be negative in 2020 with a cash burn of
approximately $20 million upon lower earnings and capital
investments required to begin manufacturing at its new Morgan Olson
facility to meet high demand levels for that business. Moody's
expects the company to generate moderately positive free cash flow
in 2021 assuming growth returns in the company's Morgan division.
J.B. Poindexter is historically a good free cash flow generator.

The negative outlook reflects Moody's view that the expected return
to growth in 2021 for many of J.B. Poindexter's businesses may not
materialize, thus leading to a prolonged downturn that could
pressure earnings and strain the company's liquidity position
greater than currently anticipated.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

As a niche supplier, Moody's views environmental risk, specifically
carbon transition risk which is high for the broader sector, to be
manageable for J.B. Poindexter given its product focus primarily on
truck bodies.

In terms of corporate governance, Moody's views the full equity
ownership by CEO John Poindexter to be a risk. Mr. Poindexter has
been instrumental in developing the company's businesses and
customer relationships over many decades, and thus, a high level of
key man risk exists. As well, uncertainty over any succession
transition remains. Further, sole ownership creates relative
uncertainty regarding company financial policy. J.B. Poindexter has
been acquisitive at times to expand its businesses and geographic
reach, and Moody's expects this approach to continue in the near
term. The company, though, operates on a decentralized basis with
individual division presidents, which helps diversify certain
decision-making at the operating level. J.B. Poindexter itself is a
collection of individual businesses.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO A DOWNGRADE OR UPGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be downgraded if Moody's expects that debt/EBITDA
leverage will be sustained above 4.5x, EBITA/interest expense below
2x or if liquidity deteriorates through a material reduction in
cash or expectations of cash flow that is weaker than expected from
expansionary capital spending or higher than anticipated warranty
outlays. An adoption of more aggressive financial policies,
including owner distributions, could pressure the ratings.

An upgrade of the ratings is unlikely in the near-term. Over time,
the ratings could be upgraded should J.B. Poindexter maintain
debt/EBITDA below 3x and EBITA/interest above 3x on a sustained
basis through cyclical periods in its end markets. J.B. Poindexter
would also need to maintain a good liquidity profile and
consistently address its debt maturities well in advance of due
dates.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Automotive
Supplier Methodology published in January 2020.6.3
J.B. Poindexter & Co., Inc. manufactures commercial truck bodies
for medium-duty trucks, pickup truck caps and tonneau covers, truck
bodies for walk-in step vans, service utility trucks, commercial
vehicle shelving and storage systems, funeral coaches and
limousines, and provides contract manufacturing services for
precision metal parts and machining and casting services.
Headquartered in Houston, Texas, the privately held company
generated approximately $1.6 billion in revenue for the
twelve-month period ending March 31, 2020.


JONATHAN R. SORELLE: MIHI Taps Earnhart & Associates as Consultant
------------------------------------------------------------------
The Minimally Invasive Hand Institute, LLC, seeks approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Nevada to hire Earnhart &
Associates as its healthcare licensing consultant.

Earnhart & Associates' services will include assisting MIHI in
obtaining the healthcare licenses necessary to operate its new
ambulatory surgery center, including state licensure and
Medicare certifications.  

The firm will receive the sum of $150,000 from MIHI, a Las
Vegas-based company whose Chapter 11 case is jointly administered
with that of Jonathan R. Sorelle, M.D., PLLC.

Stephen Earnhart, chief executive officer of Earnhart & Associates,
disclosed in court filings that he and other members of his firm
neither hold nor represent any interest adverse to MIHI and its
bankruptcy estate.

The firm can be reached through:

     Stephen W. Earnhart
     Earnhart & Associates
     5114 Balcones Woods Drive
     St. 307-203
     Austin, TX 78759
     Phone: (512) 320-8580
     Email: info@earnhart.com

                  About Jonathan R. Sorelle M.D.

Jonathan R. Sorelle, M.D., PLLC, The Minimally Invasive Hand
Institute, LLC and Jonathan R. Sorelle, filed voluntary petitions
for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Nev.
Case Nos. 19-17870, 19-17871 and 19-17872, respectively) on Dec.
12, 2019. The Debtors each listed less than $1 million in both
assets and liabilities.  The Debtors tapped Brownstein Hyatt Farber
Schreck, LLP as their legal counsel, and Inouye CPA LLC as their
accountant.


KING FARM: Fitch Cuts $48.9MM Series 2017A-1 Bonds to 'B-'
----------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has downgraded the ratings on the following bonds
issued by the Mayor and Council of Rockville, MD to 'B-' from 'BB-'
on behalf of King Farm Presbyterian Retirement Community, Inc. dba
Ingleside at King Farm:

  -- $48.9 million economic development refunding revenue bonds,
series 2017A-1;

  -- $23.8 million economic development refunding revenue bonds,
series 2017A-2;

  -- $84.8 million economic development revenue bonds, series
2017B;

  -- $14.8 million tax-exempt mandatory paydown securities, series
2017C-1 (TEMPS-85);

  -- $24.5 million tax-exempt mandatory paydown securities, series
2017C-2 (TEMPS-70);

  -- $43.5 million tax-exempt mandatory paydown securities, series
2017C-3 (TEMPS-45).

Fitch removes the Rating Watch Negative on the rating. The Rating
Outlook is Negative.

SECURITY

The bonds are secured by a pledge of and lien on the obligated
group's gross revenues, a mortgage lien on the community, and a
debt service reserve.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Further Drop in Unrestricted Liquidity: The downgrade to 'B-'
reflects a very thin $6.6 million in unrestricted cash and
investments as of April 30, 2020, which equated to 77 days cash on
hand and 3.8% cash to debt (this figure includes approximately $42
million in short-term debt). The $6.6 million represents a 40% drop
in unrestricted liquidity since YE 2019, when IKF had $11 million
in unrestricted cash and investments. The main stressor on
liquidity remains entrance fee refunds to the estates of skilled
nursing residents who have aged through the continuum. For many of
these residents, IKF had resold their independent living (IL)
apartments when they transitioned into skilled nursing. As a
result, these refunds are being paid from the balance sheet without
an associated apartment resale to offset the outflow of cash.

Additional Liquidity Pressure Expected: IKF's unrestricted
liquidity is expected to drop into the $2 million-$3 million range
(this includes $1.6 million of federal PPP funds that have been
received but not yet booked) over the next two to four months due
to an additional $3.5 million of these refunds that are expected to
be paid out. Further pressure is coming from the 'stay at home'
coronavirus order in Montgomery County, which has essentially shut
down IKF's apartment sales, even as the demand and interest in
units have remained stable. IKF is in negotiations to secure a $5
million line of credit, which would help ease the liquidity strain,
until IKF can resume apartment closings.

Gardenside Filling Up: By the middle of March, IKF had filled 70
Gardenside IL apartments (approximately 57% occupancy) and was on
pace to fill enough of the 123 apartments to pay down the $82
million of short-term debt by the middle of the summer. The paydown
of the short-term debt would allow for the release of contingency
funds, which would add approximately $2.5 million to the balance
sheet, and would also enable additional Gardenside sales to accrete
to the balance sheet. The 70 sales enabled IKF to pay down
approximately $50 million of the short-term debt in April, reducing
the outstanding short-term debt to $32 million. IKF reports have
approximately 37 depositors on its Gardenside waitlist.

High Debt Position: IKF's permanent debt will remain high, at
approximately $140 million, after paying off short-term debt. Debt
metrics are expected to remain stressed and below investment grade
over the next few years. Capitalized interest available through the
November 2020 bond payment should support sufficient debt service
coverage as the project ramps up, with 2023 as the expected
stabilization year, when IKF will be tested on the higher maximum
annual debt service (MADS) of $9.3 million.

No Asymmetric Risk Factors: No asymmetric risk factors affected
this rating determination.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

  -- Unrestricted liquidity that includes additional financing
facilities or release of currently restricted liquidity that
remains below $3 million beyond the end of summer and that is
caused by an inability to resume sales and closings for Gardenside
units or other unexpected outflow of cash.

  -- An inability to pay down the short-term debt by YE 2020, most
likely caused by slower than expected velocity of sales on
Gardenside apartments once the sales and closings resume.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

  -- Rating outlook could be updated to Stable if sales and
closings are resumed and unrestricted liquidity rebounds, in a
sustainable manner, close to $10 million.

  -- Continued growth to $15 million in unrestricted liquidity
would likely indicate a rating upgrade.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Public Finance issuers have a
best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the 99th percentile
of rating transitions, measured in a positive direction) of three
notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a worst-case rating
downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th percentile of rating
transitions, measured in a negative direction) of three notches
over three years. The complete span of best- and worst-case
scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges from 'AAA'
to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are based on
historical performance.

CREDIT PROFILE

IKF is a type-C continuing care retirement community located in
Rockville, MD about 15 miles outside of Washington, DC that opened
in 2009 and achieved stabilized occupancy in 2012. It currently
offers 365 ILUs, 32 assisted living units, 32 memory care/AL beds
and 45 skilled nursing facility beds. Total operating revenues were
$24.1 million in fiscal 2019 (Dec. 31 YE). IKF is the only member
of the OG.

IKF's parent company and sole corporate member is Westminster
Ingleside King Farm Presbyterian Retirement Communities, Inc., dba
Ingleside. Ingleside is also the sole member of two other CCRCs,
Ingleside at Rock Creek in Washington, DC and Westminster at Lake
Ridge (BBB/Stable) in Lake Ridge, VA, as well as a non-profit
supporting foundation, a for-profit development arm and non-profit
home care service provider.

The outbreak of the coronavirus pandemic and rise in related
government containment measures worldwide have created an uncertain
environment for the entire health care system in the near term.
While IKF's financial performance through the most recently
available data has indicated some impairment as a direct result of
the pandemic, material changes in revenue and cost profiles will
continue to occur across the sector. Fitch's ratings are
forward-looking in nature, and Fitch will monitor developments in
the sector as a result of the virus outbreak as it relates to
severity and duration, and incorporate revised expectations for
future performance and assessment of key risks.

Highly Stressed Financial Profile

The 'B-' rating indicates that material default risk is present,
but a limited margin of safety remains. IKF is meeting its
financial commitments; however, capacity for continued payment is
vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic
environment. IKF's unrestricted liquidity is expected to fall into
the $2 million-$3 million range as additional refunds due to the
estates of skilled nursing residents who have aged through the
continuum of care are paid out over the next few months.

Furthermore, in the long term liability section on its balance
sheet, IKF has approximately $9.9 million of additional refunds
that will become payable at some point in the future. This
liability reflects residents who are currently in a higher level of
care, who will be due a refund after aging through the continuum,
and whose units have already been sold.

The drop in liquidity and the deterioration in the financial
profile have been driven by a variety of factors, including the
entrance fee refund issue, a drop in skilled nursing occupancy, and
a $3.5 million loan in 2018 to Rock Creek. Those funds were
expected to be paid back with two years but it is unlikely that the
funds will be paid back in 2020.

The largest current concerns are the balance sheet and the need to
pay down the short-term debt and realize additional balance sheet
funds. IKF has filled 70 Gardenside IL apartments (approximately
57% occupancy) before sales were stopped. The 70 sales enabled IKF
to pay down approximately $50 million of the short term debt in
April, reducing the outstanding short-term debt to $32 million. Of
the 70 sales, approximately 76% were for refundable contracts. The
original feasibility study has approximately 80% of contracts as
refundable. The refundable contracts have higher entrance fees and
create a larger entrance fee pool, from which to pay down the
short-term debt.

IKF has 37 additional depositors, which would bring the total sales
up to 107 once closings can resume. Based on the first 70 sales,
Fitch estimates that IKF would need to reach approximately 113
total apartment sales, from the current 70 sales, to be able pay
down the remaining $30 million. In Maryland a depositor does not
have to decide on the final contract type until the sale is ready
to be completed.

Once the short-term debt is paid down, IKF would be able to release
contingency funds, which would add approximately $2.5 million to
the balance sheet, and any additional Gardenside sales would to
accrete to the balance sheet. The timing of when IKF will be able
to resume sales is uncertain and the ability to market the new
apartments is challenging as well given the campus lockdown.
Furthermore, IKF's ability to resume sales at the level prior to
the coronavirus will depend on a number of factors, including the
real estate market at that time and other potential macro-economic
forces.

Gardenside Update

Construction on the campus repositioning that included the
Gardenside project was completed on time and on budget. The cost of
the project was approximately $185 million. The repositioning
project began in late 2017 and added 121 ILUs in a new seven-story
building (plus two additional IL units created in an existing
building), 32 memory care ALUs in a new three-story building, and a
new center for healthy living and included renovation of the
existing health center and other common spaces. The new memory care
unit opened in July 2019. IL fill-up for the Gardenside apartments
began in November 2019. IKF management has indicated that there
should be leftover projects funds that IKF can bring onto its
balance. The accounting of leftover project funds will not happen
until after the $82 million in short-term debt is paid down. Before
the coronavirus, IKF had been projecting to pay down the short-term
debt well ahead of the original 2022 target date.

Strong Demographics/Market Position

IKF continues to have good demand with IL occupancy in its legacy
units remaining above 90% and its Gardenside waitlist remaining
largely stable. IKF is in a desirable location in an affluent
service area. The attractive and well-maintained campus was opened
in 2009 and is integrated into a master-planned residential and
commercial community.

DEBT PROFILE

IKF had total debt of approximately $177.7 million at April 30,
2020, including $142 million of fixed-rate series 2017A-1, series
2017A-2, and 2017B bonds, which make up IKFs permanent debt. In
addition, IKF has approximately $32 million of remaining temporary
debt that will be redeemed quarterly with initial entrance fee
proceeds from the expansion units as collected. Approximately $50
million on the short-term bonds were paid down in April.

Maximum annual debt service, which excludes temporary debt, will be
$9.3 million in 2023, the first full year of expected stabilized
occupancy. Testing against the 1.2x rate covenant will occur at the
earlier of the next full fiscal year after stabilized occupancy
(85% and all TEMPS paid off) or fiscal 2023. Fitch estimates IKF
could generate 1.0x revenue-only coverage MADS by 2022 and could
generate total coverage of 1.5x or better upon reaching stabilized
occupancy by 2023.

IKF had a debt-service coverage violation in 2018 due to negative
net entrance fees receipts, but was able to make the covenant in
2019, despite very thin net entrances fee receipts. IKF opened in
2009 and the first-generation residents are beginning to age
through the continuum. Most of the first-generation residents have
100% refundable contracts, and as these units have turned over, IKF
has been refilling many of these with fully amortizing contracts,
which are priced below the refunds. This issue has also affected
unrestricted liquidity. IKF has made changes to address this issue,
including limiting the number of fully amortizing contract that it
offers. However, through April 2020, net entrance fee receipts are
negative, and IKF could be at risk for violating the covenant
depending on when sale closings can resume.

REFERENCES FOR SUBSTANTIALLY MATERIAL SOURCE CITED AS KEY DRIVER OF
RATING

The principal sources of information used in the analysis are
described in the Applicable Criteria.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

The highest level of ESG credit relevance, if present, is a score
of 3. This means ESG issues are credit-neutral or have only a
minimal credit impact on the entity(ies), either due to their
nature or to the way in which they are being managed by the
entity(ies).


KOREAN WESTERN: Trustee Taps Danning Gill as Legal Counsel
----------------------------------------------------------
Jason Rund, the Chapter 11 trustee for the estate of Korean Western
Presbyterian Church of Los Angeles, seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California to hire
Danning, Gill, Israel & Krasnoff, LLP as his legal counsel.

The firm will provide these services in connection with Debtor's
Chapter 11 case:

     1. aid the trustee in investigating Debtor's financial affairs
and transactions;

     2. advise the trustee about issues arising under Chapter 11,
including operating issues, compliance, plan proposals and other
reorganization issues;

     3. assist the trustee in the preparation of reports, accounts,
and pleadings related to Debtor's case;

     4. investigate Debtor's conduct;

     5. advise the trustee concerning the requirements of the
bankruptcy court, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and the
Local Bankruptcy Rules;

     6. file legal papers to effectuate a reorganization or
liquidation of the bankruptcy estate's assets;

     7. investigate the nature, extent and valuation of property of
the estate;

     8. assist the trustee with employing other professionals, if
and when the need arises;

     9. advise the trustee with respect to the cases entitled Lee,
et al. v. Yun, et al., filed against Debtor before the Superior
Court; Korean Western Presbyterian Church of Los Angeles v.
Choi, et al., and Korean Western Presbyterian Church of Los Angeles
v. L.A. Open Door Presbyterian Church;

    10. represent the trustee in contested matters and adversary
proceedings and at hearings before the bankruptcy court;

    11. assist the trustee in identifying, analyzing and obtaining
possession of property of the estate;

    12. assist the trustee with the use, sale, lease, abandonment,
or other disposition of property of the estate;

    13. investigate and pursue avoidable transfers, if
appropriate;

    14. assist with the collection of accounts receivables, if any,
and other claims of the estate;

    15. assist the trustee in post-petition borrowing, if
appropriate;

    16. assist the trustee in preparing motions and other pleadings
concerning the use of cash collateral;

    17. assist the trustee with the settlement and compromise of
claims by or against the estate, or pertaining to matters relating
to the case;

    18. advise the trustee so that he may properly comply with the
Bankruptcy Code,the Bankruptcy Rules, the Local Bankruptcy Rules,
and the U.S. Trustee Guidelines;

    19. respond to or oppose motions for relief from stay where
appropriate; and

    20. prosecute claims objections if appropriate to the extent
that funds are generated for the estate.
  
The hourly rates charged by the firm's attorneys range from $375 to
$695.  Paralegals, legal assistants and trustee administrators will
be paid at hourly rates ranging from $210 to $280.

Danning Gill and its attorneys are "disinterested" within the
meaning of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to
court filings.

The firm can be reached through:

     Brad D. Krasnoff, Esq.
     John N. Tedford, IV, Esq.
     Aaron E. de Leest, Esq.
     Danning, Gill, Israel & Krasnoff, LLP
     1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 450
     Los Angeles, California 90067-6006
     Telephone: (310) 277-0077
     Facsimile: (310) 277-5735
     Email: bkrasnoff@DanningGill.com
            jtedford@DanningGill.com
            adeleest@DanningGill.com

             About Korean Western Presbyterian Church
                          of Los Angeles

Korean Western Presbyterian Church of Los Angeles, a nonprofit
religious corporation, sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 20-11675) on Feb. 14,
2020.  The petition was signed by Joo Mo Ko, Debtor's chief
executive officer.  

At the time of filing, the Debtor was estimated to have $10 million
to $50 million in assets and $500,000 to $1 million in
liabilities.

Debtor tapped SulmeyerKupetz, A Professional Corporation, and
Gensburg Calandriello & Kanter, P.C. as its legal counsel; and
Broadway Advisors, LLC, as its financial advisor.

Jason Rund was appointed as Debtor's Chapter 11 trustee.  The
trustee is represented by Danning, Gill, Israel & Krasnoff, LLP.


LANDAU BKN HOLDINGS: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
-------------------------------------------------------------
The Office of the U.S. Trustee on June 2, 2020, disclosed in a
court filing that no official committee of unsecured creditors has
been appointed in the Chapter 11 case of Landau BKN Holdings, LLC.
  
                    About Landau BKN Holdings

Landau BKN Holdings, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 20-04622) on May 1, 2020.
At the time of the filing, Debtor disclosed $2,643,172 in assets
and $4,905,531 in liabilities.  Judge Daniel P. Collins oversees
the case.  Keery McCue, PLLC is Debtor's legal counsel.


LEVERAGED LLC: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Leveraged, LLC
        6276 Letson Farms Drive
        Bessemer, AL 35022

Business Description: Leveraged, LLC is a single asset real estate
                      debtor (as defined in 11 U.S.C. Section
                      101(51B)).

Chapter 11 Petition Date: June 2, 2020

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Northern District of Alabama

Case No.: 20-01946

Judge: Sims D. Crawford

Debtor's Counsel: Taylor C. Crockett, Esq.
                  C. TAYLOR CROCKETT, P.C.
                  2067 Columbiana Road
                  Birmingham, AL 35216
                  Tel: 205-978-3550
                  E-mail: taylor@taylorcrockett.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Bradley Lewis, managing member.

A copy of the petition is available for free at PacerMonitor.com
at:

                      https://is.gd/OUGKe8


MAJESTIC HILLS: Seeks Calaiaro Valencik as Legal Counsel
--------------------------------------------------------
Majestic Hills, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Western District of Pennsylvania to hire Calaiaro Valencik
as its legal counsel.

The firm's services will include:

     (a) preparation of schedules of assets and liabilities,
statement of financial affairs and related documents;

     (b) attendance at the first meeting of creditors and initial
debtor interview with the Office of the U.S. Trustee;  

     (c) representing Debtor generally during its Chapter 11
proceeding;  

     (d) representation of Debtor in relation to acceptance or
rejection of executory contracts;

     (e) advising Debtor of its rights and obligations;

     (f) advising Debtor regarding possible preference actions;

     (g) representation of Debtor in relation to any motions to
convert or dismiss its case;

     (h) representation of Debtor in relation to any motions for
relief from stay filed by creditors;

     (i) preparation of the plan of reorganization and disclosure
statement;

     (j) negotiating with any other parties who want to participate
in the preparation of a plan;

     (k) negotiating acceptances for the plan;

     (l) removing litigation from The Court of Common Pleas of
Washington County and U.S. District Court; and

     (m) preparation of objections to claims.

The firm's attorneys and paralegals will be paid at hourly rates as
follows:

     Donald Calaiaro, Esq.    $395
     David Valencik, Esq.     $350
     Mark Peduto, Esq.        $300  
     Staff Attorney           $300
     Paralegal                $100

Calaiaro Valencik received payment for its pre-bankruptcy services
in the amount of $55,000, including a retainer of $5,000.

Calaiaro Valencik does not represent any interest adverse to
Debtor's bankruptcy estate, according to court filings.

The firm can be reached through:

     Donald R. Calaiaro, Esq.
     Calaiaro Valencik
     938 Penn Avenue, 5th Fl., Suite 501
     Pittsburgh, PA 15222
     Tel: 412-232-0930
     Email: dcalaiaro@c-vlaw.com

                       About Majestic Hills

Majestic Hills, LLC, a privately held company based in Bridgeville,
Pa., sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. W.D. Pa. Case No. 20-21595) on May 21, 2020.  At the time
of the filing, Debtor disclosed assets of between $1 million and
$10 million and liabilities of the same range.  Judge Gregory L.
Taddonio oversees the case.  The Debtor is represented by Calaiaro
Valencik.


MILLS FORESTRY: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
--------------------------------------------------------
The Office of the U.S. Trustee on June 2, 2020, disclosed in a
court filing that no official committee of unsecured creditors has
been appointed in the Chapter 11 case of Mills Forestry Service,
LLC.
  
                   About Mills Forestry Service

Mills Forestry Service, LLC, sought protection under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Ga. Case No. 20-60110) on March 7,
2020.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor disclosed assets of
between $1 million and $10 million and liabilities of the same
range.  Judge Edward J. Coleman III oversees the case.  The Debtor
tapped Stone & Baxter, LLP as its legal counsel.


NANO MAGIC: Awaiting SEC Decision on Trading Suspension Order
-------------------------------------------------------------
As previously disclosed, on April 30, 2020, the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission issued an Order of Suspension of Trading with
respect to Nano Magic Inc.'s Class A Common Stock.  The trading
suspension associated with the Order expired at 11:59 p.m. on
Thursday, May 14, 2020.  The Company timely filed with the SEC,
while the suspension was in effect, a petition challenging the
trading suspension.  As a result of the Company's filing the
petition, the SEC issued an Order Requesting Additional Submissions
that included a briefing schedule for consideration of its
petition.  The SEC wrote in the Scheduling Order that it has the
authority to "vacate an expired trading-suspension order in
appropriate circumstances."

On May 28, 2020, the Company filed, through its counsel, a Closing
Submission in Support of Termination of Trading Suspension Issued
Pursuant to Section 12(k)(1)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 and Order for Relief with the SEC.  Based on the Scheduling
Order, the Company's Closing Submission is the final submission
prior to the SEC issuing its decision on the Petition.  All filings
related to the Company's challenge, including the filings
referenced in this disclosure, are available in the public record
and can be found at
https://www.sec.gov/litigation/apdocuments/ap-3-19787.xml.

The Company is currently awaiting a decision by the SEC as to
whether it will vacate the expired trading suspension and what
other relief, if any, it may provide.

                       About Nano Magic Inc.

Nano Magic Inc. (OTCMKT: NMGX) -- http://www.nanomagic.com/--
specializes in liquid products to apply to surfaces such as glass,
porcelain, and ceramic.  Consumer products include lens care,
electronic device hygiene and protection, anti-fog solutions (sport
and safety), as well as household and auto cleaning and protection.
Other applications include touch screens, glass displays and
screens, windshields, solar panels, glass countertops and display
cases, china, tableware, toilets, sinks, shower doors and more.
Nano Magic's Innovation and Technology Center in Austin, TX engages
in contract research and development work for government and
private customers and it also develops and sells printable inks and
pastes, and graphene foils.
PEN Inc.'s Board adopted an amendment to its Certificate of
Incorporation, and the filing was made in Delaware on March 2, 2020
to change its name to "Nano Magic Inc."  Management requested the
change to better convey its business and products to investors and
customers.

Nano Magic recorded a net loss of $964,987 for the year ended Dec.
31, 2019, compared to net income of $22,072 for the year ended Dec.
31, 2018.  As of Dec. 31, 2019, the Company had $1.32 million in
total assets, $1.76 million in total liabilities, and a total
stockholders' deficit of $446,856.

Tama, Budaj & Raab, P.C., in Farmington Hills, Michigan, the
Company's auditor from December 2018 through January 2020, issued a
"going concern" qualification in its report dated Nov. 13, 2020,
citing that the Company has suffered recurring losses, has a
stockholders' deficit and has a working capital deficit.  These
factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern.


NCR AUTO CORES: Taps Barton Brimm as Special Counsel
----------------------------------------------------
NCR Auto Cores & Security, Inc. received approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York to employ
Barton Brimm Law Firm as its special counsel.

Barton Brimm will represent Debtor in connection with the
disallowance of its claim against Mairec Precious Metals U.S.,
Inc.

The firm will charge $350 per hour for the services of its
attorneys and $125 per hour for paralegal services.

Christine Brimm, Esq., a senior attorney at Barton Brimm, disclosed
in court filings that his firm does not represent any interest
adverse to the interest of Debtor and its bankruptcy estate.

The firm can be reached through:

     Christine Brimm, Esq.
     Barton Brimm Law Firm
     3955 US-17
     Murrells Inlet, SC 29576
     Phone: +1 803-256-6582

                  About NCR Auto Cores & Security

NCR Auto Cores & Security Inc. is a privately held company whose
principal assets are located at 222 City Island Ave., Bronx, N.Y.

NCR Auto Cores & Security filed a voluntary Chapter 11 petition
(Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 19-23869) on Oct. 22, 2019.  In the
petition signed by NCR Auto Cores CEO Joseph Forti, Debtor was
estimated to have $50,000 to $100,000 in assets and $1 million to
$10 million in liabilities.  Judge Robert D. Drain oversees the
case.  Debtor tapped Bronson Law Offices, P.C. as its bankruptcy
counsel, and Jones LLP as its special counsel.


NEW EMERALD: Seeks to Hire Dykema Gossett as Legal Counsel
----------------------------------------------------------
New Emerald Energy, LLC, seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of Texas to hire Dykema Gossett,
PLLC as its legal counsel.

The firm will advise Debtor of its powers and duties under the
Bankruptcy Code and will provide other legal services in connection
with its Chapter 11 case.

The firm's attorneys who will be handling the case will be paid at
hourly rates as follows:

     Mark Andrews, Esq.             $600
     Patrick Huffstickler, Esq.     $585
     Ariel Snyder, Esq.             $375
     Danielle Rushing, Esq.         $330

Dykema received a total of $37,648.50 in fees and expenses from
Debtor for the preparation and filing of the bankruptcy petition.  
The firm holds a retainer in the amount of $85,634.50.

Mark Andrews, Esq., at Dykema, disclosed in court filings that he
and his firm are "disinterested" within the meaning of Section
101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Mark E. Andrews, Esq.
     Ariel J. Snyder, Esq.
     Dykema Gossett PLLC
     1717 Main Street, Suite 4200
     Dallas, TX 75201
     Phone: (214) 462-6400
     Fax: (214) 462-6401
     Email: mandrews@dykema.com  
            asnyder@dykema.com

        -- and --

     Patrick L. Huffstickler, Esq.
     Danielle N. Rushing, Esq.
     Dykema Gossett PLLC  
     112 East Pecan Street, Suite 1800
     San Antonio, Texas 78205
     Telephone: (210) 554-5500
     Facsimile: (210) 226-8395
     Email: phuffstickler@dykema.com  
            drushing@dykema.com

                     About New Emerald Energy

New Emerald Energy, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 20-41754) on May 14,
2020.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor was estimated to have
assets of between $10 million and $50 million and liabilities of
the same range.  Judge Edward L. Morris oversees the case.  The
Debtor is represented by Dykema Gossett, PLLC.


NORTHERN OIL: To Swap Notes for $3.6 Million Worth of Common Stock
------------------------------------------------------------------
Northern Oil and Gas, Inc., entered into an exchange agreement with
holders of the Company's 8.5% senior secured notes due 2023,
pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue $3.6 million in
agreed upon value of the Company's common stock, par value $0.001
per share in exchange for $4.0 million aggregate principal amount
of the Notes and accrued interest thereon.  The number of shares of
Common Stock to be issued in this exchange will be based on a
forward volume-weighted average price ("VWAP") mechanism.  This
transaction is expected to close and the shares of Common Stock are
expected to be issued on or about June 16, 2020.

The Company expects to have $297.3 million remaining principal
amount of Notes outstanding after the closing of both this
transaction and another recently announced exchange transaction,
which the Company disclosed in a Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May
21, 2020.

The issuance of the shares of Common Stock in exchange for the
Notes is being made in reliance on the exemption from registration
provided in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

                       About Northern Oil

Northern Oil and Gas, Inc. -- http://www.northernoil.com-- is an
exploration and production company with a core area of focus in the
Williston Basin Bakken and Three Forks play in North Dakota and
Montana.

Northern Oil recorded a net loss of $76.32 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of March 31, 2020, the Company had $2.23
billion in total assets, $1.22 billion in total liabilities, and
$1.01 billion in total stockholders' equity.

                          *    *    *

As reported by the TCR on April 14, 2020, S&P Global Ratings
lowered its issuer credit rating on Northern Oil and Gas Resources
to 'CCC+' from 'B-'.  The outlook is negative.  "Our downgrade
reflects the company's tight liquidity and history of distressed
exchanges.  The recent collapse in oil prices increases the risk
that the company's reserve-based lending (RBL) facility size could
be reduced at its next bank redetermination, which could further
strain its limited capacity," S&P said.


ONE AVIATION: Citiking Opposes Committee Bid for Liquidation
------------------------------------------------------------
AIN Online reports that Citiking International US LCC, citing the
ongoing effects from the Covid-19 pandemic, filed its opposition to
an attempt by the unsecured creditors committee (UCC) in the
Chapter 11 bankruptcy case of One Aviation to force the
Albuquerque, New Mexico-based aircraft manufacturer into
liquidation.

The UCC asserted Citiking's "failure to consummate the plan in a
timely manner and pay all administrative expense claims when due"
in its motion filed May 8, with a June 4 hearing on the matter
scheduled before the U.S. Bankruptcy Court.

In its May 22 filing, Citiking maintained it has worked diligently
through the bankruptcy process despite "a series of obstacles,
"including resolving previous objections raised by the UCC and
attaining approval from the Committee on Foreign Investment in the
United States (CFIUS) for the sale of the company to the
Chinese-backed investment group.

The last major stumbling block appears to be negotiating a new
asset-based loan (ABL) with One Aviation's primary debtors.
"However, those discussions...were complicated by another major
obstacle: the outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic," reads the May 22
filing. "The [UCC] completely ignores that economic reality."

Citiking further asserted it remains committed to One Aviation's
emergence from Chapter 11 but is working to ensure "that the
debtors are not back in bankruptcy court as a result of structuring
the facility in a manner that does not make sense due to the rapid
economic changes caused by the pandemic."

Citiking International US LCC is a Chinese-controlled investment
fund.

                        About One Aviation

Headquartered in Albuquerque, New Mexico, ONE Aviation Corporation
--http://www.oneaviation.aero-- and its subsidiaries are original
equipment manufacturers of twin-engine light jet aircraft. Eclipse
Aviation and Kestrel Aircraft merged in 2015 to form One Aviation.

Primarily serving the owner/operator, corporate, and aircraft
charter markets, ONE Aviation is on the forefront of private
aviation technology.  They provide maintenance and upgrade services
for their existing fleet of aircraft through two Company-owned
Platinum Service Centers in Albuquerque, New Mexico and
Aurora,Illinois, five licensed, global Gold Service Centers in
locations including San Diego, California, Boca Raton,
lorida,Friedrichshafen, Germany, Eelde, Netherlands, and Istanbul,
Turkey,as well as a research and development center located in
Superior, Wisconsin.  They currently employ 64 individuals.  

ONE Aviation and its affiliates filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy
protection (Bankr. D. Del. Case. Nos. 18-12309 to 18-12320) on Oct.
9, 2018.  In the petition signed by Alan Klapmeier, CEO, the Debtor
estimated its assets at $10 million to $50 million and liabilities
at $100 million to $500 million.

Counsel for the Debtors are Robert S. Brady, Esq., M. Blake Cleary,
Esq., Sean M. Beach, Esq., Jaime Luton Chapman, Esq., and Jordan E.
Sazant, Esq., at Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP, in
Wilmington, Delaware; Chris L. Dickerson, Esq., Brendan M. Gage,
Esq., and Nathan S. Gimpel, Esq., at Paul Hastings LLP, in Chicago,
Illinois; and Todd M. Schwartz, Esq., at Paul Hastings LLP, in Palo
Alto, California.

The Office of the U.S. Trustee appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors on Oct. 22, 2018.  The committee tapped
Lowenstein Sandler LLP as its legal counsel; Landis Rath & Cobb LLP
as the firm's co-counsel; and Conway MacKenzie, Inc. as financial
advisor.


OPTISCAN BIOMEDICAL: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
------------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: OptiScan Biomedical Corporation
        24590 Clawiter Road
        Hayward, CA 94545

Business Description: OptiScan Biomedical Corporation --
                      http://optiscancorp.com-- has developed an
                      innovative monitoring platform for use in
                      hospital intensive care units (ICUs) to
                      support clinicians in detecting changes more
                      rapidly in critically ill patients, enabling

                      more timely intervention.  The OptiScanner
                      platform is presently focused on delivering
                      automated bedside glucose monitoring to
                      inform clinicians' decision-making and
                      maintain a user-defined target glucose
                      range.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: June 2, 2020

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Delaware

Case No.: 20-11465

Judge: Hon. Karen B. Owens

Debtor's Counsel: David P. Primack, Esq.
                  MCELROY DEUTSCH MULVANEY & CARPENTER, LLP
                  300 Delaware Avenue, Suite 770
                  Wilmington, DE 19801
                  Tel: 302-300-4515
                  E-mail: dprimack@mdmc-law.com

Debtor's
Claims/
Noticing
Agent:            EPIQ CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING, LLC

Estimated Assets: $10 million to $50 million

Estimated Liabilities: $10 million to $50 million

The petition was signed by Patrick Nugent, chief financial
officer.

A copy of the petition is available for free at PacerMonitor.com
at:

                         https://is.gd/xP7MGQ

List of Debtor's 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                          Nature of Claim    Claim Amount
   ------                          ---------------    ------------
1. Altman Consulting LLC                                   $39,068
3 Acacia Lane
Redwood City, CA 94062

2. Baker Botts LLP                                         $63,590

P.O. Box 301251
Dallas, TX 75303-1252

3. BioBrit LLC                                             $27,045
2223 Avenida de la
Playa #108
La Jolla, CA 92037

4. BMV Direct II LP                                       $270,466
17190 Bernardo Center Drive
San Diego, CA 92128-7030

5. Cello Health Insight, Inc.                              $91,935
264 West 40th Street
16th Floor
New York, NY 10018

6. Chartline Capital                                      $189,868
Navigator Fund, L.P.
c/o Phillip B. Stern,
Managing Director
1105 N. Market Street, Ste. 1800
Wilmington, DE 19801

7. CVF, LLC                                               $370,342
222 N. LaSalle Street Ste. 2000
Chicago, IL 60601

8. Gilroy Plastics, Inc.                                   $30,068
P.O. Box 1602
Gilroy, CA 95021

9. Hercules Capital, Inc.                                 $407,787
400 Hamilton Ave.
Suite 310
Palo Alto, CA 94301

10. Hyman, Phelps & McNamara                               $29,690
700 Thirteenth St., NW
Washington, DC 20005

11. KMOB                                                   $58,199
2040 Main Street
Fourteenth Floor
Irvine, CA 92614

12. MIF Sucro Ltd                                         $463,936
c/o Xeraya Capital Sdn. Bhd.
Lot 26.03-26.08
Level 26, Gtower No. 199
Jalan Tun Razak 50400
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

13. Nelson Laboratories                                    $33,188
29471 Network Place
Chicago, IL 60673-1294

14. NGN OptiScan Fund Ill LP                              $426,563
60 Long Ridge Road
Ste 402
Stamford, CT 06902

15. Omnify Software, Inc.                                  $52,084
Dept. 0542
PO Box 120542
Dallas, TX 75312-0542

16. Outcome Capital, LLC                                   $30,545
11921 Freedom Dr.
Reston, VA 20190

17. PMVL Sucro Ltd                                        $463,935
c/o Xeraya Capital Sdn. Bhd.
Lot 26.03-26.08
Level 26, Gtower No. 199,
Jalan Tun Razak 50400
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

18. Washington University                                  $38,241
School of Medicine
660 S. Euclid Ave.
Campus Box 8009
Saint Louis, MO 63110-1010

19. Wexford Partners                                    $1,253,742
Investment Co. LLC
411 West Putnam Ave.
Ste. 125
Greenwich, CT 06830

20. Wexford Spectrum Trading Limited                    $1,107,795
411 West Putnam Avenue, Ste. 125
Greenwich, CT 06830


PARTY CITY: Launches Tender Offer for $850-Mil. Senior Notes
------------------------------------------------------------
Party City Holdco Inc. and certain of its direct or indirect
subsidiaries, including Party City Corporation, Party City Holdings
Inc., and an ad hoc committee of holders of at least 52% of the
aggregate principal amount of the 6.125% Senior Notes due 2023 and
the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2026, each issued by Holdings, entered
into an agreement on May 28, 2020, whereby the Consenting
Noteholders have agreed to support a set of transactions to be
commenced by the Company.

Under the Transaction Support Agreement, each of the Credit Parties
and the Consenting Noteholders have undertaken customary
commitments to one another. The Credit Parties have agreed, among
other things, to solicit approval of the Transactions by the
holders of the Existing Notes through an exchange offer and to
negotiate in good faith the definitive documents which will govern
the Transactions. The Consenting Noteholders have agreed, among
other things, to timely vote, exchange, and tender their Existing
Notes in connection with the Transactions, to use commercially
reasonable efforts to support approval and implementation of the
Transactions, and to negotiate in good faith the definitive
documents that will govern the Transactions.

The Company and the Senior Notes Indenture Trustees are parties to
the Senior Notes Indentures, under which (i) the 2023 Notes were
issued in the original aggregate principal amount of $350,000,000
and (ii) the 2026 Notes were issued in the original aggregate
principal amount of $500,000,000, such that the Senior Notes were
issued in the original aggregate principal amount of $850,000,000.

The current principal amount outstanding of the 2023 Notes is
$350,000,000 and the current principal amount outstanding of the
2026 Notes is $500,000,000, such that the current principal amount
outstanding of the Senior Notes is $850,000,000.

The contemplated transactions are expected to deleverage the
Company's balance sheet by approximately $450 million and the
Company intends to raise $100.0 million in new capital to increase
its financial strength and support PCHI's global operations and
ongoing transformation initiatives.

Brad Weston, CEO, stated, "The agreement announced today
demonstrates the confidence of certain of our bondholders in our
strategy and leadership team, and we appreciate their support for
our long-term success. The transactions set out in this agreement
deliver value to our stockholders and provide Party City a path to
a significantly strengthened financial foundation as we continue to
navigate the current macroeconomic challenges and implement our
ongoing transformation initiatives."

The Transaction Support Agreement contains deadlines relating to
the Transactions, which include deadlines for the commencement of
the Exchange Offer and for the consummation of the Transactions.
The Transaction Support Agreement also contains termination rights
for the benefit of the Credit Parties and the Consenting
Noteholders, subject, in certain cases, to cure rights. The Company
may terminate the Transaction Support Agreement upon, among other
circumstances, certain material breaches of the Transaction Support
Agreement by a Consenting Noteholder or the board of directors of a
Credit Party reasonably determining, after considering the advice
of counsel, that taking certain actions, or refraining to take
certain actions, is reasonably required for such board of directors
to comply with its fiduciary duties.

The Consenting Noteholders have termination rights that may, as a
general matter, be exercised by the Consenting Noteholders holding
at least 50.00% of the outstanding Existing Notes held by the
Consenting Noteholders upon, among other circumstances, material
breaches of the Transaction Support Agreement by the Company or the
failure of the Company to meet any Milestone (subject to the terms
of the Transaction Support Agreement).

The Transactions consist of the Exchange Offer, the Consent
Solicitation and the Rights Offering.

                         Exchange Offer

Under the Transaction Support Agreement, the Company will conduct
an exchange offer in respect of the Existing Notes in which the
Company will offer to exchange any and all Existing Notes,
including accrued and unpaid interest on account of such notes to,
but not including, the settlement date of the Exchange Offer, (in
each case assuming all Existing Notes are validly tendered and not
validly withdrawn in the Exchange Offer) for:

     * shares of common stock of Holdco, par value $0.01 per share,
representing 19.90% of such common stock outstanding on the
Settlement Date prior to the settlement of the Exchange Offer (the
"Shares");

     * $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.00% senior
secured notes due 2026 to be issued by a newly formed limited
liability company, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings,
and Anagram International, Inc. (together, the "Issuer"). The
Second Lien Issuer Exchange Notes will be secured by
second-priority liens on all assets of the Issuer and its
subsidiaries guaranteeing such notes and all of the Issuer's
capital stock, subject to certain agreed upon exceptions; and

     * $185.0 million aggregate principal amount of variable rate
senior secured notes due 2025 to be issued by Holdings and secured
by first-priority liens on all assets of Holdings and its
subsidiaries that currently secure the Company's existing senior
credit facilities.

The Transaction Support Agreement requires the valid tender,
without valid withdrawal, of a minimum of 98.00%, or $833 million,
of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of Existing Notes by
Eligible Holders as of the expiration date of the Exchange Offer.
This threshold may be lowered by the Company with consent of the
Consenting Noteholders.

The Company said that if it is unable to complete the Transactions
or any other alternative transaction, on favorable terms or at all,
due to market conditions or otherwise, its financial condition
could be materially adversely affected.

                    Consent Solicitation

The Company will seek, and holders of Existing Notes who tender
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to deliver,
consents to certain amendments to each of the indentures governing
the Existing Notes.  The Proposed Amendments will:

     * allow for the issuance of the New Money First Lien Issuer
Notes, the Second Lien Issuer Exchange Notes and the First Lien
Party City Exchange Notes;

     * allow for the issuance of the Shares;

     * eliminate substantially all of the restrictive covenants and
certain events of default and related provisions contained in the
Existing Indentures;

     * waive any related cross-defaults under the Existing
Indentures;

     * release any guarantees provided by guarantors (or groups of
guarantors) under the Existing Indentures that do not constitute
Significant Subsidiaries (as defined in the Existing Indentures);

     * prohibit the designation of any future guarantors under the
Existing Indentures; and

     * waive any requirement to use excess proceeds from any
previous asset sales to make an offer to repurchase the Existing
Notes under the provisions of the asset sales covenant in the
Existing Indentures.
Rights Offering

Simultaneously with the launch of the Exchange Offer and the
Consent Solicitation, the Company will initiate a rights offering
whereby holders of the Existing Notes eligible to participate in
the Exchange Offer who validly tender (and do not validly withdraw)
their Existing Notes for exchange in the Exchange Offer will be
provided the right to purchase a pro rata portion of $50.0 million
of 15.00% senior secured notes due 2025 -- New Money First Lien
Issuer Notes -- to be issued by the Issuer and secured by
first-priority liens on all assets of the Issuer and its
subsidiaries guaranteeing such notes and all of the Issuer's
capital stock, subject to certain agreed upon exceptions.

Certain of the Consenting Noteholders have agreed in the
Transaction Support Agreement to, and will, enter into a backstop
and private placement agreement with the Company prior to launch of
the Transactions, to purchase $41.5 million of New Money First Lien
Issuer Notes. The Company, the Issuer, and the Consenting
Noteholders shall work together in good faith to identify and sign
up additional Backstop Parties to increase such commitment to $50.0
million of New Money First Lien Issuer Notes prior to the launch of
the Transactions. If so increased, the Backstop and Private
Placement Agreement will include a $50.0 million commitment by the
Backstop Parties to purchase the amount of New Money First Lien
Issuer Notes which may be issued in the Rights Offering,
representing the aggregate amount the Backstop Parties may purchase
in the Rights Offering plus an additional amount of New Money First
Lien Issuer Notes which are otherwise available to be purchased in
the Rights Offering but for which applicable Rights have not been
exercised by other Eligible Holders.

As consideration for entering into the Backstop and Private
Placement Agreement and providing their respective commitments in
the aggregate amount of $50.0 million, the Company has agreed to
pay to each of the Backstop Parties (i) its pro rata portion of an
aggregate premium of $5.0 million in the form of New Money First
Lien Issuer Notes plus (ii) its pro rata portion of an aggregate
premium of $5.0 million in the form of First Lien Party City
Exchange Notes.

           Private Placement Commitment Agreement

On May 28, 2020, the Credit Parties and Barings LLC, including
certain funds or advisory accounts managed, advised or sub-advised
by it, entered into a private placement commitment agreement.  The
Private Placement Commitment Agreement includes a commitment by the
Private Placement Party to purchase $40.0 million of New Money
First Lien Issuer Notes in a private transaction exempt from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. The Company, the Issuer, the Consenting Noteholders and
the Private Placement Party shall work together in good faith to
identify and sign up additional Private Placement Parties to
increase the commitments to $50.0 million of New Money First Lien
Issuer Notes, prior to the launch of the Transactions. As
consideration for entering into the Backstop and Private Placement
Agreement (and, initially, the Private Placement Commitment
Agreement, if applicable) and providing commitments in the
aggregate amount of $50.0 million, the Company will pay to the
Private Placement Party and each other party participating in the
Private Placement its pro rata portion of an aggregate premium of
$5.0 million in the form of New Money First Lien Issuer Notes.

The commitment of the Private Placement Party is subject to certain
customary and usual conditions.

                            Milestones

The Private Placement Party may terminate the Private Placement
Commitment Agreement upon the occurrence of any material
modification or amendment of the Transaction Support Agreement to
which the Private Placement Party has not consented. The Private
Placement Commitment Agreement will automatically terminate (i)
upon the termination of the Transaction Support Agreement, (ii) if
the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation have not been commenced
on or before June 29, 2020, unless extended, (iii) upon the
consummation of the Transactions and (iv) if the Transactions have
not been consummated on or before August 3, 2020, unless extended.

The Definitive Documents (other than the Exchange Offer and Consent
Solicitation Materials) shall be agreed to in form and substance
between and among the Company and the Required Consenting
Noteholders on or before July 28, 2020.

On or before July 31, 2020, the Settlement Date shall have
occurred.  Each of the Pre-Closing Steps shall have occurred by no
later than the Settlement Date.

                        Parties' Advisors

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP is serving as legal
counsel and Moelis & Company LLC is serving as financial advisor to
Party City. Milbank LLP is serving as legal counsel and Houlihan
Lokey Capital, Inc. is serving as financial advisor to the
Consenting Noteholders.

Skadden may be reached at:

     James Eric Ivester, Esq.
     Shana Elberg, Esq.
     Sarah Ward, Esq.
     Andrea Nicolas, Esq.
     Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
     One Manhattan West
     New York, NY 10001
     E-mail: Eric.Ivester@Skadden.com
             Shana.Elberg@Skadden.com
             Sarah.Ward@Skadden.com
             Andrea.Nicolas@Skadden.com

Barings may be reached at:

     Bryan High
     Jon Bock
     Jonathan Landsberg
     Steve Johnson     c/o Barings LLC
     300 South Tryon Street, Suite 2500
     Charlotte, NC 28202
     E-mail: bryan.high@barings.com
             jon.bock@barings.com
             jonathan.landsberg@barings.com
             steve.johnson@barings.com

Milbank LLP may be reached at:

     Abhilash M. Raval, Esq.
     Paul Denaro, Esq.
     Eric Stodola, Esq.
     Milbank LLP
     55 Hudson Yards
     New York, NY 10001
     E-mail: ARaval@Milbank.com
             PDenaro@Milbank.com
             EStodola@Milbank.com

                       About Party City

Elmsford, N.Y.-based Party City Holdco Inc. (NYSE: PRTY) is a
popular one-stop shopping destination for party supplies, balloons,
and costumes. Party City Holdco designs, manufactures, sources and
distributes party goods, including paper and plastic tableware,
metallic and latex balloons, Halloween and other costumes,
accessories, novelties, gifts and stationery throughout the world.
Its retail operations include approximately 875 specialty retail
party supply stores (including franchise stores) throughout North
America operating under the names Party City and Halloween City,
and e-commerce websites, principally through the domain name
PartyCity.com.

At Dec. 31, 2019, the Company had $3.6 billion in total assets and
$3.1 billion in total liabilities.


PARTY CITY: Stockholders' Annual Meeting Adjourned to July 2
------------------------------------------------------------
Party City Holdco Inc. said last week the 2020 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders will be convened as scheduled on June 11, 2020, at
8:30 a.m. eastern daylight time and will be immediately adjourned
without conducting any other business.

The Annual Meeting will be reconvened and held virtually at
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/PRTY2020 on Thursday, July 2,
2020, at 8:30 a.m. eastern daylight time.

By holding the Annual Meeting on July 2, 2020, within the maximum
time prescribed by Delaware law, stockholders will have an
opportunity to receive additional information which may develop
regarding a restructuring transaction recently initiated by the
Company. The record date of the Annual Meeting, April 14, 2020,
remains unchanged.

During the pendency of the adjourned meeting, stockholders holding
shares as of the record date of April 14, 2020, who have not yet
voted, are encouraged to vote by 11:59 p.m. eastern daylight time
on July 1, 2020. Stockholders will also be able to vote their
shares electronically during the Annual Meeting. Stockholders who
have previously cast their votes do not need to vote again.

The reconvened Annual Meeting will begin at approximately 8:30 a.m.
eastern daylight time, at
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/PRTY2020, with online check-in
beginning at 8:20 a.m. on July 2, 2020. Ample time should be
allowed for the check-in procedures. In the event of difficulties
during the check-in time or during the reconvened Annual Meeting,
technical support at the number posted on the Annual Meeting log-in
page should be consulted.

As reported in the Troubled Company Reporter, Party City and
certain of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, including Party
City Corporation, Party City Holdings Inc., and an ad hoc committee
of holders of at least 52% of the aggregate principal amount of the
6.125% Senior Notes due 2023 and the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2026,
each issued by Holdings, entered into an agreement on May 28, 2020,
whereby the Consenting Noteholders have agreed to support a set of
transactions to be commenced by the Company.

The contemplated transactions are expected to deleverage the
Company's balance sheet by approximately $450 million and the
Company intends to raise $100.0 million in new capital to increase
its financial strength and support PCHI's global operations and
ongoing transformation initiatives.

                       About Party City

Elmsford, N.Y.-based Party City Holdco Inc. (NYSE: PRTY) is a
popular one-stop shopping destination for party supplies, balloons,
and costumes. Party City Holdco designs, manufactures, sources and
distributes party goods, including paper and plastic tableware,
metallic and latex balloons, Halloween and other costumes,
accessories, novelties, gifts and stationery throughout the world.
Its retail operations include approximately 875 specialty retail
party supply stores (including franchise stores) throughout North
America operating under the names Party City and Halloween City,
and e-commerce websites, principally through the domain name
PartyCity.com.

At Dec. 31, 2019, the Company had $3.6 billion in total assets and
$3.1 billion in total liabilities.


PASHA GROUP: Moody's Cuts CFR to Caa1 & Alters Outlook to Negative
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service downgraded the ratings of The Pasha
Group, including the Corporate Family Rating to Caa1 from B3, the
Probability of Default Rating to Caa1-PD from B3-PD and the senior
secured first lien debt to Caa1 from B2. The outlook is negative.
This action concludes the review for downgrade that was initiated
on April 1, 2020.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The ratings, including the Caa1 CFR, reflect Moody's expectation
for liquidity and credit metrics to weaken in the face of
substantial earnings pressure amid recessionary conditions
affecting Pasha's cyclical markets, accelerated by the coronavirus
pandemic. Weak fundamentals in the company's automotive and
transportation markets, as well as Hawaii's economy, which heavily
relies on tourism and affects Pasha's US west coast-Hawaii trade,
are likely to negatively impact credit metrics into 2021. Moody's
anticipates debt/EBITDA (after its standard adjustments) will
approach 6x in 2020, from the high 4x range, before gradually
recovering in 2021. The company also faces meaningful competition
in its markets and has sizeable fixed costs partly due to an old
maritime fleet that is more likely to have mechanical disruptions,
exposing free cash flow to fluctuations. This will be tempered by
the scheduled deliveries of two new LNG-powered ships in late 2020
and early 2021, which will replace some of Pasha's older vessels
and should improve fuel efficiency and reduce maintenance costs.

Pasha has a good market position, benefiting from a long history in
logistics and automotive port processing on the US west coast,
where it has long term contracts to operate select marine port
terminals, as well as an established presence on the Hawaii-US west
coast trade lane. These factors support its longstanding
relationships with blue-chip customers. The company has also
undertaken cost reduction measures to minimize the coronavirus
impacts and end market pressures, including the renegotiation of a
union contract that is expected to provide approximately $10
million in annual labor savings.

Moody's views Pasha's liquidity as weak, based on limited covenant
headroom that likely will tighten amid significant earnings
headwinds, particularly over the near term, and free cash flow that
will be constrained by higher than normal capital spending this
year and weaker earnings into 2021. As well, cash balances and $21
million of ABL revolver availability are modest relative to sizable
annual mandatory debt payments approximating $35 million in 2020
and 2021, and given working capital swings that require tapping of
the revolver.

The negative outlook reflects Moody's expectation of weak liquidity
amid meaningful downwards pressure on revenue and earnings likely
over the next year. As well, the duration and extent of the effects
of the coronavirus on the company's business and end markets remain
uncertain.

In terms of corporate governance, Pasha is exposed to high key-man
risk as a family-owned and controlled company. It shareholders
include preferred equity holders whose funds are used for
investments in the business in addition to debt. Although the
preferred stock dividend accrues, minimizing cash outflows, the
company has previously used some incremental debt for payouts to
preferred shareholders.

The Caa1 rating on the senior secured first lien debt, at the same
level as the CFR, reflects Moody's expectation of recovery in a
default scenario. The instrument rating incorporates a one-notch
override under Moody's Loss Given Default analysis, given the
presence of a large underfunded pension balance which may not
provide the modeled rating lift to the senior secured debt in the
event of a default.

Moody's took the following actions on Pasha Group (The):

Corporate Family Rating, downgraded to Caa1 from B3

Probability of Default Rating, downgraded to Caa1-PD from B3-PD

Senior Secured Bank Credit Facility, downgraded to Caa1 (LGD3) from
B2 (LGD3)

Outlook, changed to Negative from Ratings Under Review

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO A DOWNGRADE OR UPGRADE OF THE RATINGS:

The ratings could be downgraded with expectations deteriorating
liquidity, including negative free cash flow or a higher reliance
on revolver borrowings, or with weakening credit metrics, including
EBIT/interest expected to remain below 1x. Aggressive financial
policies that increase leverage or weaken the metrics would also
drive downwards rating pressure.

Upward ratings pressure is unlikely in the near term, at least
until business conditions improve along with the broader industrial
and macroeconomic environment. Over time, the ratings could be
upgraded with sustained revenue and earnings growth that results in
stronger credit metrics, including debt/EBITDA expected to remain
comfortably below 6x. This would be accompanied by strong
liquidity, including expectations of consistent positive free cash
flow generation, with amounts applied to debt reduction beyond
required amortization (noting also there is an excess cash flow
sweep provision in the credit agreement), and greater revolver
availability.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Surface
Transportation and Logistics published in May 2019.

The Pasha Group, based in San Rafael, California, is a provider of
transportation and logistics services, including ocean-based
shipping, automotive port processing and distribution, and
relocation services. The company is privately-held, primarily by
the Pasha family. Revenues approximated $917 million for the last
twelve months ended March 31, 2020.


PG&E CORP: Fire Victim Objects to Reorganization Plan
-----------------------------------------------------
Patricia Garrison, a Fire Victim claimant, objects to the Joint
Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of PG&E Corporation, and its
debtor-affiliates, and Shareholder Proponents.  

She asserts that:

   * A reorganization plan must place substantially similar claims
in the same class absent a legitimate business or economic reason.
Yet the Proposed Plan creates six separate classes for these
claims, with three claims - the Public Entities Wildfire Claims,
the Subrogation Wildfire Claims, and Fire Victims Claims - that are
substantially similar.

   * The Fire Victims get far less favorable treatment both in
terms of proportion of cash and times of payment.  The stock is
problematical, because after transfer to the Fire Victims Trust it
will be subject to devaluation by market conditions, early sale of
stock by existing investors, and the prospect of another
catastrophic PG&E fire in the coming fire season.

   * The separate classification of Subrogation and Fire Victims
makes no sense given that subrogation claims are derivative of and
subordinate to the claims of their insureds as a matter of law.

Ms. Garrison proposes that the reorganization plan comply with the
good faith requirement by allocating cash and stock equally in
proportion relative to the total amounts allowed the Public
Entities, Subrogation Wildfire, and Fire Victims respectively, so
the benefits of receiving cash and the risks in receiving proceeds
from the sale of stock are shared mutually.

A copy of Garrison's objection to plan of reorganization dated May
14, 2020, is available at https://tinyurl.com/ycarxfez from
PacerMonitor.com free of charge.

Attorneys for Patricia Garrison:

         Thomas Tosdal
         Tosdal Law Firm APC
         777 S. Highway 101, Ste. 215
         Solana Beach, CA 92075
         Tel: (858) 704-4709
         E-mail: tom@tosdallaw.com
         Fax: (888) 740-3859

               - and -

         Michael S. Feinberg SBN 81867
         41911 Fifth Street, Ste. 300
         Temecula, CA 92590
         Tel: (951) 698-9900
         E-mail: feinberg@feinbergfitchlaw.com
         Fax: (951) 698-9909

         Angela Jae Chun SBN 248571
         Law Office of Angela Jae Chun
         777 S. Highway 101, Ste. 215
         Solana Beach, CA 92075
         Tel: (619) 719-5757
         E-mail: ajc@chun.law

         David S. Casey, Jr.
         James Davis
         Casey Gerry Schenk Francavilla
         Blatt & Penfield, LLP
         110 Laurel St.
         San Diego, CA 92101
         Tel: (619) 238-1811
         Fax: (619) 544-9232
         E-mail: dcasey@cglaw.com
         E-mail: jdavis@cglaw.com

                      About PG&E Corporation

PG&E Corporation (NYSE: PCG) -- http://www.pgecorp.com/-- is a
Fortune 200 energy-based holding company, headquartered in San
Francisco. It is the parent company of Pacific Gas and Electric
Company, an energy company that serves 16 million Californians
across a 70,000-square-mile service area in Northern and Central
California.

As of Sept. 30, 2018, the Debtors, on a consolidated basis, had
reported $71.4 billion in assets on a book value basis and $51.7
billion in liabilities on a book value basis.

PG&E Corp. and Pacific Gas employ approximately 24,000 regular
employees, approximately 20 of whom are employed by PG&E Corp.  Of
Pacific Gas' regular employees, approximately 15,000 are covered by
collective bargaining agreements with local chapters of three labor
unions: (i) the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers;
(ii) the Engineers and Scientists of California; and (iii) the
Service Employees International Union.

On Jan. 29, 2019, PG&E Corp. and its primary operating subsidiary,
Pacific Gas and Electric Company, filed voluntary Chapter 11
petitions (Bankr. N.D. Cal. Lead Case No. 19-30088).

PG&E Corporation and its regulated utility subsidiary, Pacific Gas
and Electric Company, said they are facing extraordinary challenges
relating to a series of catastrophic wildfires that occurred in
Northern California in 2017 and 2018. The utility said it faces an
estimated $30 billion in potential liability damages from
California's deadliest wildfires of 2017 and 2018.

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP and Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP are
serving as PG&E's legal counsel, Lazard is serving as its
investment banker and AlixPartners, LLP is serving as the
restructuring advisor to PG&E. Prime Clerk LLC is the claims and
noticing agent.

In order to help support the Company through the reorganization
process, PG&E has appointed James A. Mesterharm, a managing
director at AlixPartners, LLP, and an authorized representative of
AP Services, LLC, to serve as Chief Restructuring Officer. In
addition, PG&E appointed John Boken also a Managing Director at
AlixPartners and an authorized representative of APS, to serve as
Deputy Chief Restructuring Officer. Mr. Mesterharm, Mr. Boken and
their colleagues at AlixPartners will continue to assist PG&E with
the reorganization process and related  activities. Morrison &
Foerster LLP, as special regulatory counsel. Munger Tolles & Olson
LLP, as special counsel.

The Office of the U.S. Trustee appointed an official committee of
creditors on Feb. 12, 2019. The Committee retained Milbank LLP as
counsel; FTI Consulting, Inc., as financial advisor; Centerview
Partners LLC as investment banker; and Epiq Corporate
Restructuring, LLC as claims and noticing agent.

On Feb. 15, 2019, the U.S. trustee appointed an official committee
of tort claimants.  The tort claimants' committee is represented by
Baker & Hostetler LLP.


PIMA COUNTY IDA: Moody's Cuts Rating on Education Bonds to B1
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service has downgraded to B1 from Ba2 the rating
on Pima County Industrial Development Authority (IDA), AZ's
Education Revenue Bonds (Arizona Charter Schools Refunding
Project). There are approximately $33.9 million in outstanding
revenue bonds of the Pima County Industrial Development Authority.
Of these, Moody's rates $22.2 million in Series 2013Q and $11.5
million in Series 2016R. The outlook has been revised to stable
from ratings under review.

The rating action resolves the placement of the ratings on review
for possible downgrade concurrent with publication of Moody's new
Public Sector Pool Programs and Financings Methodology published on
April 13, 2020.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The downgrade to B1 reflects Moody's revised pool methodology.
Under the methodology, the weighted average credit quality of the 9
pool participants determines the highest possible rating since
there are no step-up provisions, and Pima Pool participants are not
responsible for debt service payments in the event of another
member's default. The rating also takes into account the credit
quality of the lowest rated Pima Pool participant and the
availability of a pooled debt service reserve account. There is
substantial risk of default for the lowest rated Pima Pool
participant. However, the ability of pooled reserves to cover this
default, along with at least partial expected recovery from the
liquidation of pledged collateral, serves to somewhat mitigate this
risk.

The participants are small charter schools with slim debt service
coverage, weak liquidity, and narrow operating margins. The weakest
participants, like Academy with Community Partners (ACP),
Paramount, and New School for the Arts, are especially stressed and
have experienced enrollment declines. Financial performance at ACP
is particularly weak with 21 days' cash exclusive of government
receivables and prepaid expenses.

The pool benefits from security features that ensure that debt
service is paid from the first available allocations of state aid.
The State Treasurer sends state aid directly to the Trustee for
payment of debt service before funds are released to the schools.
The pool holds close to $4.9 million in liquid reserves that are
cross-collateralized across the three outstanding series and among
all 9 pool participants.

Pooled reserves are sufficient to cover the loss or complete
default of any one participant. They could also cover debt service
for all of the weakest participants for a multi-year period,
potentially allowing the schools to adjust their operations and
attract additional students. As an additional test of the reserves'
strength, the pool could withstand the immediate default of the
weakest participant and still cover annual debt service payments of
the next two weakest participants for a multi-year period.

The schools also maintain credit reserves equal to their maximum
annual debt service. While the reserves provide some insulation,
the pool's weighted average credit quality increases the likelihood
that they will be called upon in the future.

Moody's regards the coronavirus outbreak as a social risk under its
ESG framework, given the substantial implications for public health
and safety. The coronavirus crisis is not a key driver for this
rating action. Although reductions in Arizona school funding are
expected, Moody's does not see any material immediate credit risks
for the Pima County Industrial Development Authority's Education
Revenue Bonds. However, the situation surrounding coronavirus is
rapidly evolving, and the longer-term impact will depend on both
the severity and duration of the crisis. If its view of the credit
quality of the revenue bonds changes, Moody's will update the
rating and/or outlook at that time.

RATING OUTLOOK

The stable outlook reflects its expectation that the pool's excess
liquidity will mitigate the low weighted average credit quality of
the pool. Modest additions to the liquid reserve account will
sustain the pool's default tolerance. State funding is likely to be
cut, but the outlook reflects its expectation that the schools will
make operating adjustments to accommodate reduced state aid.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OF THE RATINGS

  - Improvement in the weighted average credit quality of pool
participants

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO A DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

  - Decline in the weighted average credit quality of pool
participants

LEGAL SECURITY

The primary source of payment for the bonds are State Per Pupil
Operating Revenues from each school provided by the direct transfer
of these funds to the Trustee to fund debt service payments.
Available cross-collateralized debt service reserves now equal
$4.86 million, enhancing each school's individual credit reserve,
and strengthening default tolerance. Bonds are additionally secured
by a mortgage on participants' facilities. Covenants include a 1.2
times additional bonds test, and a 1.1 times debt service coverage
and 30 days' cash requirement.

PROFILE

The Pima County IDA revenues bonds are secured by a pool of nine
charter schools including: (1) Academy with Community Partners
(ACP), located in Mesa, which serves 133 students in grades 9-12;
(2) Benchmark Charter School serving 410 students in grades K-6;
(3) Dobson Ball Academy located in Chandler and serving 468 K-8
students; (4) Dobson Hearn Academy, located in Phoenix, serving 640
students in grades K-8; (5) Kingman Academy, which is located in
west central Arizona, about 35 miles from the Arizona/California
border, and serves just over 1,300 students in grades K-12; (6) New
School for the Arts in Tempe, which serves around 250 students in
grades 6-12; (7) Paramount Academy, located in Peoria, serves 236
students in grades K-8; (8) Reid Valley Academy, located in
northern Phoenix, serving 692 students; and (9) Young Scholars
Academy, which serves 387 students in grades K-8.

METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Public Sector
Pool Programs and Financings Methodology published in April 2020.


QUANTUM CORP: Lenders Further Extend Term Loan Amendment Deadline
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Quantum Corporation previously entered into Amendment No. 2 to the
Term Loan Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of Dec. 27, 2018,
among the Company, Quantum LTO Holdings, LLC, the lenders from time
to time party thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as
disbursing and collateral agent for such lenders. The Term Loan
Amendment requires that the Company enter into a further amendment
to the Term Loan Credit Agreement by May 15, 2020, providing for,
among other things, a re-set of the financial covenants set forth
in the Term Loan Credit Agreement. On May 12, 2020, the lenders
under the Term Loan Credit Agreement agreed to extend the Term Loan
Amendment Deadline to May 31, 2020.  On May 26, the lenders under
the Term Loan Credit Agreement agreed to further extend the Term
Loan Amendment Deadline to June 19, 2020.

                      About Quantum Corp.

Based in San Jose, California, Quantum Corp. (NYSE:QTM) --
http://www.quantum.com/-- provides technology and services that
stores and manages video and video-like data delivering the
industry's top streaming performance for video and rich media
applications, along with low cost, high density massive-scale data
protection and archive systems.  The Company helps customers
capture, create and share digital data and preserve and protect it
for decades.

Quantum reported a net loss of $42.80 million for the year ended
March 31, 2019, a net loss of $43.35 million for the year ended
March 31, 2018, and a net loss of $2.41 million for the year ended
March 31, 2017.  As of Dec. 31, 2019, the Company had $165.30
million in total assets, $360.8 million in total liabilities, and a
total stockholders' deficit of $195.5 million.


QUANTUM TRANSPORTATION: Trustee Gets Approval to Hire Accountant
----------------------------------------------------------------
Leon Haller, the Chapter 11 trustee for Quantum Transportation,
LLC, received approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Middle District of Pennsylvania to hire Roger Kent Jr., CPA, as his
accountant.

The accountant will assist the trustee in the preparation and
filing of Debtor's 2019 tax returns.  He will be paid a flat fee of
$5,000.

Mr. Kent disclosed in court filings that he has no connection with
any party with actual or potential interest in Debtor's Chapter 11
case.

Mr. Kent holds office at:

     Roger L. Kent, Jr., CPA
     114 Hollie Drive
     Triadelphia, WV 26059
     Phone: (304) 547-4273

                   About Quantum Transportation

Quantum Transportation, LLC is a transportation provider for dry
bulk commodities, liquid chemicals, dump transportation and
truckload deliveries.

Quantum Transportation and its subsidiaries sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Pa. Lead Case No.
19-02063) on May 13, 2019.  At the time of the filing, Quantum
Transportation had estimated assets of between $1 million and $10
million and liabilities of between $10 million and $50 million.
Judge Henry W. Van Eck oversees the case.  Debtors are represented
by Cunningham, Chernicoff & Warshawsky, P.C.


QUORUM HEALTH: Kairos Supports Appointment of Equity Committee
--------------------------------------------------------------
Kairos Capital Management LP has expressed support to the proposed
appointment of a committee to represent equity holders in Quorum
Health Corporation's Chapter 11 case.

In court filings, Kairos said it supports Mudrick Capital
Management, L.P.'s request to appoint an equity committee and its
objection to confirmation of Quorum Health's proposed Chapter 11
plan.

The plan, if confirmed by the bankruptcy court, would wipe out
existing equity and give ownership of the reorganized company to
certain creditors, according to Kairos.

Kairos owns approximately 709,000 shares in Quorum Health.

                  About Quorum Health Corporation

Headquartered in Brentwood, Tennessee, Quorum Health (NYSE: QHC) --
http://www.quorumhealth.com/-- is an operator of general acute
care hospitals and outpatient services in the United States.
Through its subsidiaries, the Company owns, leases or operates a
diversified portfolio of 24 affiliated hospitals in rural and
mid-sized markets located across 14 states with an aggregate of
1,995 licensed beds. The Company also operates Quorum Health
Resources, LLC, a leading hospital management advisory and
consulting services business.

Quorum Health incurred net losses attributable to the company of
$200.25 million in 2018, $114.2 million in 2017, and $347.7 million
in 2016.

As of Sept. 30, 2019, Quorum Health had $1.52 billion in total
assets, $1.72 billion in total liabilities, $2.27 million in
redeemable non-controlling interest, and a total deficit of $203.36
million.

On April 7, 2020, Quorum Health Corporation and 134 affiliates
sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No.
20-10766) to seek confirmation of a pre-packaged plan.

Debtors hired McDermott Will & Emery LLP and Wachtell, Lipton,
Rosen & Katz as legal counsel, MTS Health Partners, L.P. as
financial advisor, and Alvarez & Marsal North America, LLC. as
restructuring advisor.  Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC, is the
claims agent, maintaining the Web site https://dm.epiq11.com/Quorum



RAVN AIR GROUP: Wins Approval to Sell Assets
--------------------------------------------
Megan Mazurek, writing for KTVA, reports that a bankruptcy court
has given Ravn Air Group the green light to move forward with
selling all or a large part of its assets.  Bids to buy the air
group are due June 17, 2020.

"This Court decision helps clear the path for Ravn to find new
ownership that will allow us to resume operations later this
summer," said Dave Pflieger, Ravn's President and CEO, said in a
May 27, 2020 statement.

The U.S. Treasury has conditionally authorized the air group to
seek grants under the CARES Act.

In April 2020, it stopped its flight operations and filed Chapter
11 protection, citing a 90% decline in revenue and bookings due to
the pandemic.  As a result, Ravn parked all aircraft, ceased all
ground operations and laid off all staff in the company.

"This is great news for our creditors, our employees who have been
temporarily laid off, our customers, our important fishing
industry, and the 115 rural and urban communities we serve
throughout the state who are currently suffering from a lack of
service since we parked our seventy-two aircraft," said Mr.
Pflieger.

The grounding of Ravn's aircraft has been difficult to work around
for the fishing industry, said UniSea, Inc. president Tom Enlow.

"Ravn has been a great partner of the fishing industry for many
years in Alaska, and we are very hopeful for their return," Mr.
Enlow said.

                        About Ravn Air

Ravn Air Group, Inc. -- https://www.flyravn.com/ -- was formed
through the combination of five Alaskan air transportation
businesses in 2009, creating the largest regional air carrier and
network in the state. Ravn owns and, until the COVID-19-related
disruptions, operated 72 aircraft at 21 hub airports and 73
facilities, serving 115 destinations in Alaska with up to 400 daily
flights.  Until the COVID-19-related disruptions, Ravn Air Group
and its affiliates had over 1,300 employees (non-union), and it
carried over 740,000 passengers on an annual basis.

Ravn Air Group provides air transportation and logistics services
to the passenger, mail, charter, and freight markets in
Alaska,pursuant to U.S. Department of Transportation approval as
three separate certificated air carriers. Two of the carriers
(RavnAir ALASKA and PenAir) operate under Federal Aviation
Administration Part 121 certificates and the other (RavnAir
CONNECT) operates under an FAA Part 135 certificate.  In addition
to carrying passengers, many of whom fly on Medicaid-subsidized
tickets, other key customers include companies in the oil and gas
industry, the seafood industry, the mining industry, and the travel
and tourism
industries.

Ravn Air Group and its affiliates sought protection under Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 20-10755)on
April 5, 2020. At the time of the filing, Debtors was estimated to
have assets of between and $100 million to $500 million and
liabilities of the same range.

Judge Brendan Linehan Shannon oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Keller Benvenutti Kim LLP as bankruptcy counsel;
Blank Rome LLP as special corporate and local bankruptcy
counsel;Conway Mackenzie, LLC as financial advisor; and Stretto as
claims and noticing agent.


SHEET METAL WORKS: RT Montrone to Contribute $10,000 to Fund Plan
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Sheet Metal Works, Inc., filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the District of Utah, Central Division, a Chapter 11 Plan and a
Disclosure Statement on May 15, 2020.

RC Montrone is the sole stockholder of the Debtor.  Under the Plan,
RC Montrone's stock in the Debtor will be cancelled.  The new sole
stockholder of the Debtor will be RC Montrone's father, Ralph T.
Montrone (RT Montrone), who, under the Plan, has agreed to
contribute $10,000 to the Debtor in exchange for such interest.

Since its filing, the Debtor has been managed solely by RC
Montrone. Despite the change post-confirmation change in ownership,
RC Montrone will continue to manage the Debtor. RC Montrone's
compensation to be paid by the Debtor (at least until December 31,
2020) will be $1,050 per week.

The most significant litigation in this case has centered around
the Debtor's efforts to obtain orders authorizing its use of cash
collateral belonging to Bank of the West.  Although Bank of the
West consented to the Debtor's use of cash collateral, Thermal West
Industries, Inc., objected, alleging suspicions that the Debtor was
unlawfully or unfairly diverting cash collateral to Iron
Mechanical, Inc.

Class U1 consists of allowed unsecured claims that have
prepetition, joint check agreements with the Debtor's customers.
The Plan provides for holders of Class U1 claims to be paid
according to the terms of their prepetition, joint check
agreements, which is anticipated by the Debtor to result in 100%
payment of such claims.

Class U2 consists of consists of allowed unsecured claims that do
not have prepetition, joint check agreements with the Debtor's
customers but that have perfected their right to assert a
construction lien against property of the Debtor's customer by
filing a notice of preliminary lien under Utah Code Ann. Sec.
38-1a-101 et seq.  Under the Plan all Class U2 claims will be paid
in full upon the payment by the customer to the Debtor.

Class U3 consists of allowed unsecured claims that do not quality
as Class U1 or U2 claims.  Under the Plan, the Debtor shall pay a
pro-rated portion of an unsecured creditor dividend ($10,000) to
the holders of such claims no later than the one-year anniversary
of the effective date of the Plan.

RC Montrone is the sole stockholder and, thus, the sole holder of
equity interests. Under the Plan, RC Montrone's equity interests
will be cancelled.

The Plan will be funded by post-confirmation earnings of the
Debtor, the capital contribution of RT Montrone of $10,000,
recoveries from avoidance actions, and PPP funds.  The Plan
contains the cash projections of the Debtor through November 2020.
These projections are based upon existing contracts and the
expectation of obtaining additional contracts to generate income
and profit.

Under the Plan, the Debtor, after the effective date, will be owned
by RT Montrone.  RC Montrone will, however, continue as the general
manager of the Debtor.  RT Montrone will not be compensated.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 15, 2020, is
available at https://tinyurl.com/y8pz3lg5 from PacerMonitor at no
charge.

Attorneys for Sheet Metal:

        Adam S. Affleck
        RICHARDS BRANDT MILLER NELSON
        111 East Broadway, Suite 400
        Salt Lake City, UT 84111
        Telephone: 801-531-2000
        Facsimile: 801-532-5506
        E-mail: adam-affleck@rbmn.com

                About Sheet Metal Works Inc.

Sheet Metal Works Inc., a ventilating contractor in Salt Lake City,
Utah, filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection (Bankr. D. Utah
Case No. 19-28320) on Nov. 8, 2019.  In the petition signed by
Ralph C. Montrone, president, the Debtor was estimated to have $1
million to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.  Judge Joel
T. Marker oversees the case.  The Debtor is represented by Adam S.
Affleck, Esq., and John E. Keiter, Esq., at Richards Brandt Miller
Nelson.


SM ENERGY: Revises Exchange Offer Terms, Wins Noteholder Support
----------------------------------------------------------------
SM Energy Company has amended its pending offers to exchange its
outstanding notes for newly issued 10.00% senior secured notes due
2025 after reaching an agreement with certain holders of the Old
Notes.

The terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers, as amended, are
set forth in a supplement to the confidential offering memorandum
and consent solicitation statement, dated April 29, 2020.

The new terms to be offered to eligible holders of the Old Notes in
the Exchange Offers, as amended, are:

                                                       Principal
                                                       Amount of
                                                       New Notes
                                                       per $1,000
                                                       Principal
                         Outstanding   Acceptance      Amount of
                         Principal     Priority        Old Notes
   Old Notes             Amount        Level           Tendered
   ---------             ------------  ----------      ---------
6.125% Senior
   Notes due
   November 15, 2022     $436,047,000     1               $700
5.000% Senior
   Notes due
   January 15, 2024      $500,000,000     2               $600
5.625% Senior
   Notes due
   June 1, 2025          $500,000,000     3               $600
6.750% Senior Notes
   due Sept. 15, 2026    $500,000,000     4               $580
6.625% Senior Notes
   due Jan. 15, 2027     $500,000,000     5               $550

The Company previously offered this consideration for the Old
Notes:

                                                       Principal
                                                       Amount of
                                                       New Notes
                                                       per $1,000
                                                       Principal
                                                       Amount of
                                                       Old Notes
   Old Notes                                           Tendered
   ---------                                           ---------
6.125% Senior
   Notes due
   November 15, 2022                                      $650
5.000% Senior
   Notes due
   January 15, 2024                                       $500
5.625% Senior
   Notes due
   June 1, 2025                                           $500
6.750% Senior Notes
   due Sept. 15, 2026                                     $500
6.625% Senior Notes
   due Jan. 15, 2027                                      $500

The maximum principal amount of New Notes to be issued in the
Exchange Offers is $532.9 million, which, together with the New
Notes to be issued in the private exchanges with certain holders of
Old Notes, would amount to a maximum of $800 million principal
amount of New Notes.

The New Notes will be secured by second priority security interests
in the collateral that secures SM Energy's senior secured credit
facility. The New Notes will be SM Energy's secured second lien
obligations and will be effectively junior to the Company's current
and future secured first lien indebtedness, including its senior
secured credit facility, to the extent of the value of the
collateral securing such indebtedness, effectively senior to all of
the Company's existing and future unsecured indebtedness, including
any Old Notes that remain outstanding following the completion of
the Exchange Offers, to the extent of the value of the collateral,
and senior to any future subordinated indebtedness. Interest on the
New Notes will accrue from the date of issuance of the New Notes.

The Exchange Offers will expire at 11:59 p.m., New York City time,
on June 12, 2020.  The deadline has been extended a few times
already.

Aside from receiving a principal amount of New Notes, participating
holders will also receive, in cash, accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, on their accepted Old Notes up to, but not including the
settlement date for the Exchange Offers, which is expected to be on
June 17, 2020.

Investors who have already tendered their Old Notes do not need
re-tender their Old Notes or take any other action in order to
participate in the Exchange Offers as amended and will receive the
benefit of the amended terms without taking any further action.
Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn and Consents may be revoked
at any time at or prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on June
12, 2020 (the "Withdrawal Deadline").

Subject to proration, the amount of each series of Old Notes that
is accepted for exchange will be determined in accordance with the
acceptance priority levels set forth, with Acceptance Priority
Level 1 being the highest Acceptance Priority Level and Acceptance
Priority Level 5 being the lowest Acceptance Priority Level.

The "Maximum Exchange Amount" of New Notes that the Company will
issue in the Exchange Offers equals $532.9 million aggregate
principal amount of New Notes. If there is a sufficient amount of
Old Notes available to exchange some, but not all, Old Notes of the
series with the lowest Acceptance Priority Level that is accepted,
then tenders of Old Notes of that particular series will be
accepted on a pro rata basis. The Exchange Offers are not
conditioned upon any minimum amount of Old Notes being tendered.

                       Backstop Deal

SM Energy has agreed with certain holders of Old Notes -- the
Backstop Group -- to privately issue $213.5 million aggregate
principal amount of New Notes in exchange for $316.4 million
aggregate principal amount of Old Notes, consisting of $96.7
million principal amount of 6.125% Senior Notes due 2022, $74.6
million principal amount of 5.00% Senior Notes due 2024, $46.3
million principal amount of 5.625% Senior Notes due 2025, $37.7
million principal amount of 6.75% Senior Notes due 2026 and $61.2
million principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2027.

Holders of those Old Notes have also agreed to provide consents to
certain proposed amendments to each indenture governing the Old
Notes.  In addition, the Backstop Group expects to tender $42.5
million aggregate principal amount of Old Notes in the Exchange
Offers and the Company has agreed to issue to the Backstop Group
warrants to acquire up to 5% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company (subject to certain conditions).

The Company has also agreed to acquire $107.0 million principal
amount of 1.50% Senior Convertible Notes due 2021 from the Backstop
Group for consideration including $53.5 million principal amount of
New Notes and $53.5 million in cash. In addition, $65.5 million in
principal amount of Old Convertible Notes that remain outstanding
will be secured pursuant to their terms on a pari passu basis with
the New Notes (and any refinancing of such amount of Old
Convertible Notes will be permitted to also be secured on a pari
passu basis with the New Notes).

The total principal amount of New Notes that would be issued
pursuant to these privately negotiated transactions and pursuant to
the Exchange Offers based on the participation in the Exchange
Offers to date, the additional tender of the Backstop Support Notes
and the amended terms of the Exchange Offers is $452.8 million
principal amount of New Notes. The closing of the privately
negotiated transactions is expected to occur contemporaneously with
the consummation of the Exchange Offers but is not conditioned on
the consummation of the Exchange Offers. The New Notes issued in
the privately negotiated transactions will be fungible with, and
comprise one series with, the New Notes issued in the Exchange
Offers.

In conjunction with the Exchange Offers, SM Energy is soliciting
consents from holders of each series of Old Notes to certain
proposed amendments to each indenture governing the Old Notes to
eliminate substantially all of the restrictive covenants and
certain of the default provisions contained therein. The Exchange
Offers are not conditioned upon receiving requisite consents from
holders any series of the Old Notes. Holders of Old Notes may not
tender Old Notes without delivering the related Consents, and
holders of Old Notes may not deliver Consents without tendering the
related Old Notes.

To adopt the Proposed Amendments related to a series of Old Notes,
SM Energy must receive Consents from holders representing a
majority of the outstanding principal amount of such series Old
Notes.  If the Requisite Consents are delivered with respect to any
series of Old Notes, a supplemental indenture to each Old Notes
Indenture will be executed promptly following the Expiration Time
to give effect to the Proposed Amendments. The Proposed Amendments
will become operative, with respect to Old Notes for which
Requisite Consents have been delivered and not validly withdrawn,
immediately prior to the acceptance of such Old Notes pursuant to
the applicable Exchange Offer. In the event that the Requisite
Consents for a series of Old Notes are received and not validly
revoked but the Old Notes of such series tendered in the applicable
Exchange Offer are subject to proration, the Proposed Amendments
with respect to such series of Old Notes will not become operative
despite the Company accepting the Old Notes of such series in the
applicable Exchange Offer.

Old Notes may not be withdrawn from the Exchange Offers and the
related Consents may not be revoked from the Consent Solicitations
after the Withdrawal Deadline, unless otherwise required by
applicable law.

                 Credit Agreement Revised

On May 5, 2020, SM Energy entered into the Fourth Amendment to the
Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and among the
Company, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative
Agent, and the institutions named therein as Lenders that are party
thereto.

The Fourth Amendment modifies the Credit Agreement to reduce the
amount of secured second lien debt that the Company may incur in
connection with the Exchange Offer or any similar exchange from
$900.0 million to $827.5 million.

In addition, the Fourth Amendment permits the Company to grant a
second-priority security interest to the holders of the Company's
outstanding 1.500% Senior Convertible Notes due 2021 to secure the
Company's obligations under the 2021 Notes. As a result, the
Company may grant second lien security interests on debt incurred
in the Exchange Offer plus the existing 2021 Notes in an aggregate
amount up to $1.0 billion.

The members of the lending consortium are:

     * WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, Individually and as
Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank

     * BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, Individually and as
Co-Syndication Agent

     * JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., Individually and as
Co-Syndication Agent

     * BBVA USA, (f/k/a COMPASS BANK), Individually and as
Co-Documentation Agent

     * COAMERICA BANK

     * ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

     * BOKF, NA DBA BANK OF OKLAHOMA

     * GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

     * KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

     * THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, HOUSTON BRANCH

     * BMO HARRIS BANK N.A.

The Exchange Offers are being made, and the New Notes are being
offered and issued, only (a) in the United States to
holders of Old Notes who are reasonably believed to be "qualified
institutional buyers" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities
Act) and (b) outside the United States to holders of Old Notes who
are persons other than U.S. persons in reliance upon Regulation S
under the Securities Act. The holders of Old Notes who have
certified to the Company that they are eligible to participate in
the Exchange Offers pursuant to at least one of the foregoing
conditions are referred to as "Eligible Holders." Only Eligible
Holders who have completed and returned an eligibility letter,
available from the information agent, may receive and review the
Offering Memorandum or participate in the Exchange Offers. Eligible
Holders of the Old Notes who desire to obtain and complete an
eligibility form should contact the information agent and exchange
agent, D.F. King & Co., Inc., at (866) 620-2536 (toll-free) or
(212) 269-5550 (for banks and brokers), email sm@dfking.com or
online at www.dfking.com/smenergy.

The New Notes and the Exchange Offers have not been and will not be
registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under
the Securities Act, or any state or foreign securities laws. The
New Notes may not be offered or sold in the United States or for
the account or benefit of any U.S. persons except pursuant to an
exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act.

                      About SM Energy

Denver, Colo.-based SM Energy Company (NYSE: SM) --
https://www.sm-energy.com -- is an independent energy company
engaged in the acquisition, exploration, development, and
production of crude oil, natural gas, and NGLs in the state of
Texas.

At March 31, 2020, the Company had $5.6 billion in total assets and
$3.2 billion in total liabilities.



SOUTH BEACH STREET: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee, until further notice, will not appoint an
official committee of unsecured creditors in the Chapter 11 case of
South Beach Street Development, Ltd., according to court dockets.
    
                About South Beach Street Development
  
South Beach Street Development, Ltd. sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No.
20-02337) on April 23, 2020.  At the time of the filing, Debtor
disclosed assets of between $1 million and $10 million and
liabilities of the same range.  Judge Lori V. Vaughan oversees the
case.  Zimmerman, Kiser & Sutcliffe, P.A. is Debtor's legal
counsel.


STAR PETROLEUM: Disclosure Statement Hearing Continued to July 15
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Enrique S. Lamoutte has ordered that the hearing scheduled
for May 26, 2020, to consider the adequacy of the disclosure
statement of Debtor Star Petroleum, Corp. and the adequate
protection payments to secured creditor Bautista  Cayman Asset
Company, is continued to July 15, 2020, at 9:30 A.M.

A copy of the order dated May 14, 2020, is available at
https://tinyurl.com/y8ppaywr from PacerMonitor.com free of charge.

                    About Star Petroleum Corp.

Star Petroleum, Corp., based in Toa Alta, PR, filed a Chapter 11
petition (Bankr. D.P.R. Case No. 20-00558) on Feb. 5, 2020.  In the
petition signed by Sami Abraham, president, the Debtor disclosed
$6,782,500 in liabilities. CHARLES A. CUPRILL, PSC LAW OFFICES,
serves as bankruptcy counsel to the Debtor.


TENET HEALTHCARE: Fitch Rates Secured First Lien Notes 'B+/RR3'
---------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch has assigned a 'B+'/'RR3' to Tenet Healthcare Corp.'s senior
secured first lien notes. The company plans to use the proceeds of
this borrowing for general corporate purposes, including repaying
existing debt. The ratings apply to approximately $15.1 billion of
debt as of March 31, 2020. The Rating Outlook is Stable.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Coronavirus Pandemic Affecting Operations: Fitch believes that U.S.
Healthcare & Pharmaceutical companies, including providers of
healthcare services, should be less affected by the coronavirus
pandemic and its influence on U.S. consumers' behavior than on
other corporate sectors, as demand is less economically sensitive
and oftentimes not discretionary. However, Fitch notes that while
the influence on healthcare service providers, including Tenet, is
expected to be relatively muted compared with more discretionary
sectors, depressed volumes of elective patient procedures will
meaningfully weigh on revenue and operating margins in 2020.
Healthcare providers cancelled elective procedures in both
inpatient and outpatient settings to increase capacity for COVID-19
patients and in response to government orders.

Fitch believes Tenet has sufficient headroom in the 'B' rating to
absorb these effects, which is predicated on an assumption that the
healthcare services sector will experience a strong recovery in
elective patient volumes beginning in the second half of 2020 and
into 2021. There could be downward pressure on the rating if the
business disruption is longer lasting and depresses cash flow in
2020 more than Fitch currently anticipates. This could be as a
result of a patient preference to continue to defer care or because
the healthcare services segment proves to be more economically
sensitive than during past U.S. economic recessions, leading to a
slower recovery in elective patient volumes and pricing in
2021-2022.

Adequate Liquidity during Pandemic: Fitch expects Tenet to maintain
an adequate liquidity cushion throughout the pandemic related
business disruption. Tenet's sources of committed external
liquidity include a $1.9 billion ABL facility. Tenet used the
proceeds of $700 million of notes issued in April 2020 to repay
amounts outstanding under the ABL and it is currently undrawn.
Liquidity will also be supported by funding provided to healthcare
providers through fiscal stimulus, including the Coronavirus Aid,
Relief and Economic Security Act. Tenet received $345 million in
grant funding from the first round of CARES Act grant funding
distributed to healthcare providers in early April and about $1.5
billion in accelerated Medicare payments. Some of the liquidity
enhancements provided through the CARES Act are temporary measures
that are required to be repaid starting with the Medicare advances
beginning four months after receipt. Fitch does not expect the
unwinding of these temporary government funded liquidity bolsters
to strain Tenet's financial profile.

Expected Temporary Leverage Increase in 2020: Because of a
reduction in EBITDA during the course of the coronavirus pandemic,
Fitch expects Tenet's total debt/EBITDA to increase to 8.7x at YE
2020, compared with YE 2019 Fitch calculated leverage of 6.3x. This
assumes the proceeds of the note issuance are used to refinance
outstanding debt during 2020. Fitch currently anticipates leverage
to drop fairly rapidly back to a level considered consistent with
Tenet's 'B' rating, declining to 6.8x at YE 2021 due to recovery of
EBITDA and debt repayment.

Post-Pandemic Margin Headwinds: Fitch expects that healthcare
providers, including Tenet, will adapt operations to manage the
business disruption effects of coronavirus through initiatives like
telehealth. This will help minimize the effects of localized
outbreaks of the virus on patient volumes before a vaccine or
highly effective treatments are available. The longer-term effect
of the economic disruption caused by the pandemic on healthcare
consumers is less certain. The sector has historically been fairly
resilient but not immune to the effects of economic recessions.
Healthcare providers typically experience lower operating margins
during and immediately following recessions due to treating greater
numbers of uninsured patients and patients with relatively less
profitable government sponsored health insurance.

Measured by revenues, Tenet is the second-largest operator of
for-profit acute care hospitals and related care delivery settings
in the country. The scale of the operation will help the company
defend profitability in the face of weak organic operating trends
but probably not enough to entirely overcome the effects of
coronavirus-related unemployment on patient mix. Fitch expects
operating margins for healthcare providers to rebound sharply in
2021 following a 2020 trough that reflects the peak pandemic
business disruption, but to remain below the 2019 level. Fitch does
not expect a full recovery of 2019 EBITDA levels until 2022 for
most issuers in the sector, including Tenet.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Tenet's 'B' Long-Term IDR reflects the company's highly leveraged
balance sheet, largely as a result of debt funded acquisitions.
Tenet's leverage is higher than that of the closest hospital
industry peers: HCA Healthcare Inc. (HCA; 'BB'/Stable) and
Universal Health Services Inc. (UHS; 'BB+'/Stable). Tenet's
operating and FCF margins also lag these industry peers; however,
Tenet has recently made progress in closing the gap through
cost-cutting measures and the divestiture of lower margin
hospitals. Tenet has a stronger operating profile than lower-rated
peer Community Health Systems (CHS; CCC). Similar to HCA and UHS,
Tenet's operations are primarily located in urban or large suburban
markets that have relatively favorable organic growth prospects.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

Fitch's Key Assumptions Within its Rating Case for the Issuer
Include:

  - Fitch currently anticipates a 20% drop in Tenet's 2020 EBITDA
compared with 2019 due to the operational effects of the
coronavirus pandemic.

  - 2021 EBITDA is expected to be 24% higher than the 2020 level.
These estimates are highly sensitive to the depth and duration of
the coronavirus pandemic in Tenet's markets.

  - The 2020 EBITDA estimate assumes an 8% drop in revenue and the
2020 operating EBITDA margin compresses 200bp to a Fitch-calculated
11.4% from the 2019 level of 13.4%.

  - Leverage rises to 8.7x at YE 2020 before dropping below 7.0x
during 2021.

  - Fitch's revenue and EBITDA forecast for Tenet do not include
CARES Act or other fiscal stimulus grant funding.

  - Fitch expects the company will produce FCF of about $450
million in 2020, inclusive of CARES Act liquidity measures that
will be repaid starting later in 2020 and through 2022.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

  - An expectation of debt/EBITDA after associate and minority
dividends sustained below 5.5x;

  - An expectation for FCF margin sustained above 2%.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

  - Debt/EBITDA after associate and minority dividends sustained
above 7.0x at YE 2021;

  - An expectation for consistently break-even to negative FCF
margin;

The negative rating sensitives could be tripped if the coronavirus
pandemic has a greater impact on cash flow than Fitch currently
anticipates or Tenet recovers lost revenue and EBITDA more slowly
than expected beginning in later 2020 and into 2021. There is still
a high degree of uncertainty about the pace of acceleration of
coronavirus cases, along with the ultimate level of coronavirus
patient volumes in Tenet's markets, and these factors will be
important to the trajectory of 2020 revenue and EBITDA.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Pre-Coronavirus Outbreak Liquidity Profile Solid: Tenet's sources
of liquidity include $613 million of cash at March 31, 2020. The
company has access to an undrawn $1.9 billion ABL facility that
matures in September 2024. Tenet's debt agreements do not include
financial maintenance covenants aside from a 1.5x fixed-charge
coverage ratio test in the bank agreement that is only in effect
during a liquidity event, defined as whenever available ABL
capacity is less than $100 million. LTM March 31, 2020
EBITDA/interest paid equaled 2.4x. The next significant debt
maturities are $2.8 billion of unsecured notes maturing in April
2022 and $1.9 billion of unsecured notes maturing in June 2023. The
company produced $171 million of FCF during 2019, before the
coronavirus pandemic was affecting operations. Fitch expects the
company will produce FCF of about $450 million in 2020, inclusive
of CARES Act funding that will be repaid starting later in 2020 and
through 2022.

Debt Notching Considerations: The 'BB'/'RR1' and 'B+'/'RR3' ratings
for Tenet's ABL facility and the senior secured first-lien notes
reflect Fitch's expectation of recovery for the ABL facility in the
91% to 100% range and recovery for the first lien secured notes in
the 51%-70% range under a bankruptcy scenario. The 'B'/'RR4' rating
on the senior secured second-lien notes and senior unsecured notes
reflect Fitch's expectations of recovery of outstanding principal
in the 31%-50% range.

Fitch estimates an enterprise value on a going-concern basis of $9
billion for Tenet, after a deduction of 10% for administrative
claims. The EV assumption is based on post-reorganization EBITDA
after dividends to associates and minorities of $1.4 billion and a
7.0x multiple. Fitch does not believe that the coronavirus pandemic
has changed the longer-term valuation prospects for the hospital
industry and Tenet's post-reorganization EBITDA and multiple
assumptions are unchanged from the last ratings review.

The post-reorganization EBITDA estimate is approximately 28% lower
than Fitch's 2020 forecast EBITDA for Tenet and considers the
attributes of the acute care hospital sector and includes the
following: a high proportion of revenue (30%-40%) generated by
government payors, exposing hospital companies to unforeseen
regulatory changes; the legal obligation of hospital providers to
treat uninsured patients, resulting in a high financial burden for
uncompensated care, and the highly regulated nature of the hospital
industry.

The 7.0x multiple employed for Tenet reflects a history of
acquisition multiples for large acute care hospital companies with
similar business profiles as Tenet in the range of 7.0x-10.0x since
2006 and trading multiples (EV/EBITDA) of Tenet's peer group (HCA,
UHS and CHS), which have fluctuated between approximately 6.5x and
9.5x since 2011.

Based on the definitions of Tenet's secured debt agreements, Fitch
believes that the group of hospital operating subsidiaries that
guarantee the secured debt excludes any non-wholly owned and
non-domestic subsidiaries, and therefore, does not encompass part
of the value of the Conifer and ambulatory care segments.

The hospital operations segment contributes about 55% of
consolidated EBITDA, and Fitch uses this value as a proxy to
determine the rough value of the secured debt collateral of $4.8
billion. Fitch assumes this amount is completely consumed by the
ABL facility and the first-lien lenders, leaving $4.2 billion of
residual value to be distributed on a pro rata basis to the
remaining $2.8 billion of first-lien claims and the second-lien
secured and unsecured claims.

The ABL facility is assumed to be fully recovered before the other
secured debt in the capital structure. The ABL facility is secured
by a first-priority lien on the patient accounts receivable of all
of the borrower's wholly owned hospital subsidiaries, while the
first- and second-lien secured notes are secured by the capital
stock of the operating subsidiaries, making the notes structurally
subordinate to the ABL facility with respect to the accounts
receivable collateral. Fitch assumes that Tenet would draw the full
amount available on the ABL facility in a bankruptcy scenario, and
includes that amount in the claim's waterfall.

REFERENCES FOR SUBSTANTIALLY MATERIAL SOURCE CITED AS KEY DRIVER OF
RATING

The principal sources of information used in the analysis are
described in the Applicable Criteria.


TENET HEALTHCARE: Moody's Rates Sec. 1st Lien Notes Due 2028 'B1'
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a B1 rating to Tenet Healthcare
Corporation's new senior secured first lien notes due 2028. There
is no change to the B2 Corporate Family Rating, B2-PD Probability
of Default Rating, B1 senior secured first lien ratings, B1 senior
secured second lien ratings, and Caa1 senior unsecured ratings for
Tenet. There is also no change to the Speculative Grade Liquidity
Rating of SGL-2. The outlook is stable.

Moody's expects that Tenet will use proceeds from the new senior
secured first lien notes for general corporate purposes, including
the repayment of existing indebtedness. Tenet's most near-term bond
maturities include $2.8 billion of unsecured bonds that come due in
April 2022 and $1.9 billion of unsecured bonds scheduled to mature
in June 2023.

With hospital volumes now recovering but still below levels prior
to the onset of the ongoing coronavirus outbreak, Tenet continues
to maintain good liquidity. The company entered June with
approximately $2.4 billion of cash and its $1.9 billion asset-based
revolver being untapped. The company received $1.5 billion of
accelerated Medicare payments in April from the Coronavirus Aid,
Relief and Economic Security Act; these funds will need to be
repaid during the August 2020 -- March 2021 timeframe. Through May
2020, Tenet has also received a total of $517 million in grant
funds from the CARES Act. Moody's expects the company to receive
additional financial relief from the CARES Act and related
legislation.

Following is a summary of Moody's rating actions:

Ratings assigned:

Tenet Healthcare Corporation

New senior secured first lien notes due 2028 at B1 (LGD3)

The rating outlook is stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Tenet's B2 Corporate Family Rating is primarily constrained by the
company's high financial leverage, with debt/EBITDA of
approximately 6.6 times at March 31, 2020. Moreover, Tenet's free
cash flow after minority interest payments is modest relative to
debt. The rating is also constrained by several industry-wide
headwinds, the most significant of which is the ongoing spread of
the coronavirus across the US. Moody's expects the coronavirus to
materially pressure Tenet's earnings as its hospitals and
ambulatory surgery centers forgo lucrative elective procedures with
the current public health crisis ongoing. The rating is supported
by Tenet's significant scale and good diversity. The company is
well diversified by state and payor. During more benign periods,
Tenet's ambulatory surgery and revenue cycle management businesses
add business diversity and will benefit from longer-term trends
that favor services being done on an outpatient basis. Tenet's
revenue cycle management business, Conifer, is expected to be
spun-off in 2021, which will provide an opportunity for
deleveraging, depending on the final allocation of debt to
Conifer.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's view that Tenet's liquidity
will be strong enough to mitigate near-term headwinds. It also
reflects Moody's view that demand for Tenet's services will rebound
fairly quickly once isolation measures are lifted.

With respect to governance, Tenet has generally exhibited
aggressive financial policies, marked by persistently high
financial leverage. As a for-profit hospital operator, Tenet also
faces high social risk. Moody's regards the coronavirus outbreak as
a social risk under Moody's ESG framework, given the substantial
implications for public health and safety. To prepare for a surge
of coronavirus patients, acute care hospitals postponed or canceled
non-essential elective surgical procedures. Further, alternative
care settings for such elective procedures, such as ambulatory
surgery centers, did the same in an effort to conserve valuable
surgical supplies (e.g., personal protective equipment). Losing
these procedures, which tend to be more profitable than treating
sick patients, will result in significant headwinds to hospital
companies' earnings until volumes return to pre-COVID-19 levels.
Beyond coronavirus, the affordability of hospitals, the lack of
price transparency, and the practice of balance billing have
garnered substantial social and political attention. Additionally,
hospitals rely on Medicare and Medicaid for a substantial portion
of reimbursement. Any changes to reimbursement to Medicare or
Medicaid directly impacts hospital revenue and profitability. In
addition, the social and political push for a single payor system
would drastically change the operating environment.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Tenet's ratings could be downgraded if the company faces
operational challenges or fails to achieve its planned cost
savings. Further, the divestiture of Conifer without debt
repayment, or the pursuit of share repurchases or shareholder
distributions could result in a downgrade. More specifically, the
ratings could be downgraded if debt/EBITDA is expected to be
sustained above 6.5 times. Finally, the ratings could also be
downgraded if the company's liquidity weakens.

The ratings could be upgraded if Tenet can realize the benefits
from its recent cost and operating initiatives, including increased
profit margins. Further, the ratings could be upgraded if the
company realizes improved cash flow and interest coverage metrics.
If Moody's expects debt/EBITDA to be sustained below 5.5 times, the
ratings could be upgraded.

Tenet, headquartered in Dallas, Texas, is one of the largest
healthcare providers by revenue in the US. The company operates 65
hospitals, 24 surgical specialty hospitals and approximately 470
outpatient surgical centers in the US. Tenet also owns a
revenue-cycle management business, called Conifer. Revenues for the
last twelve months ended March 31, 2020 were in excess of $18
billion.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Service Industry published in October 2016.


TUESDAY MORNING: Files Chapter 11 to Pursue Restructuring
---------------------------------------------------------
Discount retailer Tuesday Morning Corp. announced that it filed
voluntary petition under the Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code of
the Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas Dallas
Division process to provide the company with the opportunity to
continue navigating the COVID-19 pandemic and emerge as a stronger
company by early fall 2020.

Tuesday Morning announced its plan of pursuing operational and
financial reorganization to reduce corporate outstanding
liabilities and to strengthen its financial position.  The filing
is its response to the tremendous impact of the pandemic and store
closures on the business.

Ultimately, to enable the Company to continue operations during the
reorganization process, it has obtained a commitment from its
existing lender group to provide $100 million of
debtor-in-possession (DIP) financing.  As required by the DIP
agreement, the Company is required to obtain a commitment for up to
$25 million of additional financing, which the Company is
negotiating.

Following the closure of the entire store portfolio as a result of
COVID-19, it has re-opened over 80% of its existing store footprint
to date and expects to continue store re-openings and bringing
associates back to work over the coming weeks.

Steve Becker, Chief Executive Officer, stated, "The prolonged and
unexpected closures of our stores in response to COVID-19 has had
severe consequences on our business.  Prior to the pandemic, we
were gaining momentum in our merchant organization, growing our
vendor base and improving brands, assortment and value for our
customers, while investing in our technology and corporate
leadership team.

However, the complete halt of store operations for two months put
the Company in a financial position that can be effectively
addressed only through a reorganization in Chapter 11."

"We plan to emerge from Chapter 11 in a stronger position as a
leading home goods off-price retailer, providing unmatched value to
our customers. The commitment from our lenders to provide access to
significant capital demonstrates faith in our value-driven business
model and iconic brand. Looking ahead, we've been encouraged by
very positive performance of the business as we continue to re-open
our doors and welcome back our dedicated customers," Becker added.


                    About Tuesday Morning

Tuesday Morning Corporation -- http://www.tuesdaymorning.com/,
together with its subsidiaries, is a closeout retailer of upscale
home furnishings,housewares, gifts, and related items.  It operates
under the trade name "Tuesday Morning" and are one of the original
"off-price" retailers specializing in providing unique home and
lifestyle goods at bargain values.  Based in Dallas, Texas, Tuesday
Morning operated 705 stores in 40 states as of Jan. 1, 2020.

Tuesday Morning Corporation and 6 affiliates sought Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Lead Case No. 20-31476) on May 27,
2020.

Tuesday Morning disclosed total assets of $92,000,000 and total
liabilities of $88,350,000 as of April 30, 2020.

The Hon. Harlin Dewayne Hale is the case judge.

The Debtors tapped HAYNES AND BOONE, LLP, as general bankruptcy
counsel; ALIXPARTNERS LLP as financial advisor; and STIFEL,
NICOLAUS & CO., INC. as investment banker.  A&G REALTY PARTNERS,
LLC, is the real estate consultant.  GREAT AMERICAN GROUP, LLC, is
the liquidation consultant.
EPIQ CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING, LLC, is the claims and noticing
agent.


UMATRIN HOLDING: Posts $95K Net Income in 2019
----------------------------------------------
Umatrin Holding Limited reported net profit of $95,138 on $1.20
million of sales for the year ended Dec. 31, 2019, compared to a
net loss of $453,120 on $410,823 of sales for the year ended Dec.
31, 2018.

As of Dec. 31, 2019, the Company had $1.53 million in total assets,
$1.94 million in total liabilities, and a total deficit of
$409,949.

JLKZ CPA LLP, in Flushing, New York, the Company's auditor since
2019, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
May 29, 2020 citing that the Company had incurred substantial
losses with working capital deficits, which raises substantial
doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.

The Company had cash and cash equivalent of $171,678 and $36,431 as
of Dec. 31, 2019 and Dec. 31, 2018, respectively.

Umatrin said, "Our company's operations have been funded through an
equity financing and a series of debt transactions, primarily with
shareholders, directors, and officers of our company and affiliated
entities.  These related party debt transactions such as advances
have operated as informal lines of credit since the inception of
our company, and related parties have extended credit as needed
which our company has repaid at its convenience. We anticipate that
we will incur operating losses in the foreseeable future and we
believe we will need additional cash to support our daily
operations while we are attempting to execute our business plan and
produce revenues.  If our related parties are unable or unwilling
to provide additional capital, we would likely require financing
from third parties.  There can be no assurance that any additional
financing will be available to us, on terms we believe to be
favorable or at all.  The inability to obtain additional capital
would have a material adverse effect on our operations and
financial condition and could force us to curtail or discontinue
operations entirely and/or file for protection under bankruptcy
laws."

A full-text copy of the Annual Report is available for free at the
Securities and Exchange Commission's website at:

                     https://is.gd/1jC3vf

                        About Umatrin

Umatrin Holding Limited (formerly known as Golden Opportunities
Corporation) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on Feb. 2,
2005.  The Company was originally incorporated in order to locate
and negotiate with a targeted business entity for the combination
of that target company with the Company.  On Jan. 6, 2016, the
Company acquired 80% of the equity interests of U Matrin Worldwide
SDN BHD in exchange for the issuance of a total of 100,000,000
shares of its common stock to the two holders of Umatrin, Dato' Sri
Eu Hin Chai and Dato' Liew.  Immediately following the Share
Exchange, the business of Umatrin became the business of UMHL.  The
UMHL operation office remained in Malaysia and the business market
will remain focus in Asia.  Umatrin provides technology and
services to enable consumers, merchants and other participants to
conduct business in its cloud-based trading system.


UNITED AIRLINES: Needs Only 12% of Flight Attendants in June
------------------------------------------------------------
Reuters, citing sources, reports that United Airlines Holdings Inc.
told staff that it only has work for about 3,000 of its about
25,000 flight attendants in June 2020.  It warned of job losses if
demand does not recover by the time government payroll aid expires
in the fall.

United is paying flight attendants until Sept. 30, 2020 thanks
largely to US$5 billion the airline is receiving in government
payroll aid under the CARES Act, which prohibits any job or pay
cuts for employees before October 2020.

United's flying schedule is down by about 90 percent.  United and
other U.S. airlines have slashed the number of flights and are
scrambling to reduce a collective US$10 billion monthly cash burn.

"If you just look at a way in which our network is flying we'd need
about 3,000 flight attendants to fly our schedule for June,"
United's managing director of inflight crew resourcing, Michael
Sasse told staff, according to people who listened to an employee
briefing call.

United President Scott Kirby told investors this month he intends
to keep the flying schedule at around 10 percent of normal until
demand recovers.

"But if demand remains significantly diminished on October 1,2020,
we simply won't be able to endure this crisis ... without
implementing some of the more difficult and painful actions," said
Kirby, who takes over as CEO next week.

United is burning around US$40 million in cash daily.  If revenues
do not recover, the company must take drastic measures to halve
that burn rate in the fourth quarter, he said.  It already warned
that its management and administrative ranks would be around 30
percent smaller starting in October 2020.

                       About United Airlines

Headquartered in the Willis Tower in Chicago, United Airlines
Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ:UAL) owns and operates United Airlines, Inc.
Before the Coronavirus pandemic, United Airlines and subsidiary
United Express -- http://www.united.com/-- operated 4,900 flights
a day to 362
airports across six continents.  In 2019, United and United Express
operated more than 1.7 million flights carrying more than 162
million customers.  United has the world's most comprehensive route
network, including U.S. mainland hubs in Chicago, Denver, Houston,
Los Angeles, New York/Newark, San Francisco and Washington, D.C.
United operated 791 mainline aircraft and the airline's United
Express partners operated 581 regional aircraft. United is a
founding member of Star Alliance.


US GC INVESTMENT: Has Until Dec. 1 to File Plan & Disclosure
------------------------------------------------------------
On May 14, 2020, US GC Investment, L.P., a CA Limited Partnership,
filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of
California, Los Angeles Division, a Motion to Continue Deadline For
Filing Its Disclosure Statement And Chapter 11 Plan of
Reorganization, and Continue The Hearing on The Adequacy of
Debtor’s Disclosure Statement.

On May 15, 2020, Judge Vincent P. Zurzolo granted the motion and
ordered that:

   * The deadline for Debtor to file its Disclosure Statement and
Plan of Reorganization is continued from June 1, 2020 to December
1, 2020.

   * The hearing on the adequacy of Debtor's Disclosure Statement
and Plan is continued from July 23, 2020 at 11:00 a.m. to Jan. 21,
2021 at 11:00 a.m.

A copy of the order dated May 15, 2020, is available at
https://tinyurl.com/y9yefkw5 from PacerMonitor at no charge.

                    About US GC Investment

US GC Investment, L.P., owns a building which it constructed for
the operation of Golden Corral Restaurant.  The 11,548-square-foot
building is located on the land owned by the landlord, Fu & Sons
Investment LLC.  The property has a liquidation value of $1.8
million.

US GC Investment sought for protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 18-23436) on Nov. 15,
2018.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor disclosed $1,880,390
in assets and $3,964,666 in liabilities.  The case has been
assigned to Judge Vincent P. Zurzolo.  The Debtor is represented by
the Law Offices of Michael Jay Berger.


VANTAGE SPECIALTY: Moody's Cuts CFR to Caa1, Outlook Negative
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service has downgraded Vantage Specialty
Chemicals, Inc.'s Corporate Family Rating to Caa1 from B3 and
Probability of Default Rating to Caa1-PD from B3-PD. Moody's also
downgraded Vantage's first lien senior secured credit facility to
Caa1 from B3 and second lien senior secured term loan to Caa3 from
Caa2. The outlook is revised to negative.

"The downgrade and negative outlook reflect Vantage's sustained
elevated leverage, lack of free cash flow generation, and weak
prospects for growth in certain end markets and debt reduction over
the next 12-18 months. " said Domenick R. Fumai, Moody's Vice
President and lead analyst for Vantage Specialty Chemicals, Inc.

Downgrades:

Issuer: Vantage Specialty Chemicals, Inc.

Probability of Default Rating, Downgraded to Caa1-PD from B3-PD

Corporate Family Rating, Downgraded to Caa1 from B3

Gtd Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, Downgraded to Caa1
(LGD3) from B3 (LGD3)

Gtd Senior Secured 1st Lien Term Loan, Downgraded to Caa1 (LGD3)
from B3 (LGD3)

Gtd Senior Secured 2nd Lien Term Loan, Downgraded to Caa3 (LGD5)
from Caa2 (LGD5)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Vantage Specialty Chemicals, Inc.

Outlook, Changed To Negative From Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

The rapid and widening spread of the coronavirus outbreak,
deteriorating global economic outlook, falling oil prices, and
asset price declines are creating a severe and extensive credit
shock across many sectors, regions and markets. The combined credit
effects of these developments are unprecedented. Several of
Vantage's end markets remain vulnerable to shifts in market
sentiment in these unprecedented operating conditions. Moody's
regards the coronavirus outbreak as a social risk under its ESG
framework, given the substantial implications for public health and
safety. Its action reflects the impact on Vantage of the breadth
and severity of the shock, and the broad deterioration in credit
quality it has triggered

The Caa1 CFR reflects Vantage's elevated leverage with Moody's
adjusted Debt/EBITDA of 9.1x and 8.7x Net Debt/EBITDA as of March
31, 2020, and with the expectation leverage will increase modestly
in 2020 approaching 9.4x and 8.8x on a net debt basis. The Caa1
rating also reflects a substantial increase in debt on the balance
sheet due to a series of debt-financed acquisitions over the last
several years combined with a lack of consistent EBITDA growth and
weak cash flow generation, further reducing the opportunities for
debt paydown. In 2019, Vantage experienced increased operational
challenges including higher fixed cost absorption due to lower
volumes, weak glycerine pricing and less favorable product mix,
which has resulted in financial performance below Moody's previous
expectations for the B3 rating.

Vantage's credit profile is supported by the company's established
market positions in oleochemicals and their expanded specialty
derivatives portfolio, which have a wide range of applications,
including personal care, food, consumer products and industrial
specialties. Adjusted EBITDA margins remain in the mid-teens thanks
to the increasing contributions from specialty derivatives, which
have higher margins than basic oleochemicals such as fatty acids
and glycerine. An additional benefit incorporated in Vantage's
credit profile is the company's large, diversified customer base
and exposure to products used in food processing and applications
for pharmaceutical and personal care products, which are relatively
non-cyclical and more stable end markets.

The negative outlook reflects Moody's expectations that despite
some modest improvements in 1Q20 results, Vantage will continue to
face weakness in several industrial end markets including autos,
oil and gas and lubricants and that glyercine prices will remain
depressed in 2020 as economic growth falters due to the coronavirus
pandemic. Positively, several of Vantage's other end markets such
as food, personal care and household industrial and institutional
are experiencing relatively resilient demand.

Moody's forecasts that sales and earnings will decline and leverage
will increase approaching 9.4x on a gross basis and 8.8x on a net
debt basis in 2020. Moody's expects that Vantage's actions to lower
capital expenditures, cost reduction initiatives and improved
working capital management will produce modest free cash flow of
approximately $15 million in 2020, but will not have a material
impact on debt reduction or future leverage. Financial performance
in 2021 is expected to gradually improve as global economic
conditions recover. Nonetheless, the lack of material free cash
flow generation is expected to once again limit financial
flexibility and debt reduction. Moreover, expectations for growth
in sales and earnings between 2018 and 2021 to remain below prior
years, leverage to remain elevated and limited free cash flow
generation will increase refinancing risk, especially as the first
lien term loan approaches maturity in 2024. Moody's does not
believe that extending the revolver when it matures in 2022 will be
a significant issue as the company is expected to remain modestly
free cash flow positive.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Moody's would likely consider a downgrade if there is a further
significant deterioration in EBITDA compared to its base case
scenario, free cash flow becomes meaningfully negative on a
sustained basis, if liquidity falls below $50 million or if the
company makes a debt-financed acquisition or distribution to its
sponsor. Although not likely over the next 12 months, Moody's would
consider an upgrade if financial leverage, including Moody's
standard adjustments, is sustained below 7.5x, balance sheet debt
is materially reduced, the company experiences substantial revenue
growth and free cash flow generation, and the private equity
sponsor demonstrates a commitment to more conservative financial
policies.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Moody's also evaluates environmental, social and governance factors
in the rating consideration. As a specialty chemicals company,
Moody's views Vantage as having moderate environmental risk related
to its manufacturing sites, though it is noted that the company
does not currently have any significant environmental litigation or
claims. Vantage holds a number of sustainable certifications that
reflect management's commitment to health, safety and the
environment. Social risk is characterized as somewhat below-average
as a number of raw materials used are derived from natural products
such as almond, jojoba, palm oil and animal fats, which are natural
and renewable. Vantage is committed to efficient use of water in
irrigation, and farming practices that avoid land erosion.
Governance risks are elevated due to private equity ownership by
H.I.G. Capital, which includes a board of directors with majority
representation by members affiliated with the sponsor and reduced
financial disclosure requirements as a private company. Vantage
also has high financial leverage compared to most public
companies.

Moody's expects Vantage to have adequate liquidity over the next 12
months with available cash on the balance sheet, minimal free cash
flow generation and access to the revolving credit facility. As of
March 31, 2020, the company had roughly $89 million of cash and its
revolving credit facility was fully drawn as a precaution during
the pandemic.

Vantage's debt capital is comprised of a rated $633 million first
lien term loan due in 2024 ($620 million outstanding as of March
31, 2020) and a rated $150 million second lien term loan due 2025.
The company also maintains a rated $75 million first lien revolving
credit facility due 2022. The Caa1 rating on the first lien credit
facilities benefits from the security of substantially all assets
of the company on a first priority basis. The revolving credit
facility contains a springing first lien net leverage covenant,
which is set at 7.5x once utilization exceeds 35%. The company is
in compliance with the covenant as of March 31, 2020, and Moody's
does not anticipate that Vantage will breach the covenant over the
next 12 months. The $150 million second lien term loan, rated Caa3,
reflects its effective subordination to first lien debt in the
capital structure.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Chemical
Industry published in March 2019.

Vantage Specialty Chemicals, Inc. based in Chicago, Illinois, is a
privately-held company that focuses on natural ingredient products
including those derived from animal fat and vegetable oil. The
company operates through two main complementary business segments,
Oleochemicals and Specialty Derivatives, and produces more than
2,000 products for over 3,500 customers in over 50 countries. In
October 2017, H.I.G Capital acquired the majority equity stake in
Vantage from its previous owner, The Jordan Company. Vantage
reported revenue of $679 million for the last twelve months ended
March 31, 2020.



VETERINARY CARE: Unsecureds to Get Full Payment in Sale-Based Plan
------------------------------------------------------------------
Veterinary Care, Inc. d/b/a VitalPet and Tvet Management, LLC,
filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of
Texas, Houston Division, a Joint Combined Chapter 11 Plan and
Disclosure Statement dated May 15, 2020.

The Debtor sold substantially all of its assets during the
Bankruptcy Cases– generating sufficient proceeds to pay all
expected Creditors’ Claims, but not sufficient to satisfy certain
preferential distributions rights to Interest Holders.  This Plan
proposes to distribute available proceeds of this settlement to pay
administrative expense Claimants, secured Creditors, to the extent
not already paid, priority unsecured Creditors, unsecured
Creditors, subordinated Creditors, and finally, to make
distributions to Interests Holders in accordance with the
provisions of any applicable shareholder or other agreements
regarding priority of distributions.

Having secured financing to stabilize the company, the Debtors then
turned their attention to monetizing the estate's assets.
Ultimately, the Debtors entered into the Destination Pet APA, in
which Destination Pet agreed to buy substantially all of the
Debtors' assets free and clear of all pledges, liens, security
interests, encumbrances, claims charges, options, and interests
therein or thereon to the maximum extent permitted under the
Bankruptcy Code.  The purchase price, as initially defined in the
Destination Pet APA, was to be $45,000,000.

On Feb. 21, 2020, the Debtors filed a motion to approve the
Destination Pet APA and establish bidding procedures, which the
Court approved on Feb. 27, 2020.  The Debtors received no qualified
bids other than the Destination Pet APA and a hearing was held on
March 11, 2020 to approve the Destination Pet Sale.  On March 14,
2020, the Court entered the Sale Order.

Following the entry of the Sale Order, the circumstances
surrounding the transaction changed dramatically, and the parties
sought emergency approval of and amendment to the Destination Pet
APA and a related Transition Services Agreement, which, among other
terms, reduced the sale price by $750,000.00 and permitted
Destination Pet to use certain Transition Services until June 30,
2020, in exchange for an earlier closing date. The Destination Pet
APA initially provided an outside closing date of April 30, 2020,
whereas, upon entry into the amendment, Destination Pet agreed to
close the transaction no later than March 31, 2020. Immediately
following approval by the Bankruptcy Court of the amendment, the
Destination Pet Sale closed on Friday, March 27, 2020.

Class 5 will consist of all Allowed General Unsecured Claims
against the Debtors.  On the Effective Date, and except to the
extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees
to a less favorable treatment, Holders of Allowed Class 5 Claims
will receive, in full and final satisfaction, compromise,
settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each
Class 5 Claim, payment in Cash in the Allowed amount of such Claim
as of the TVET Petition Date.

Upon the Effective Date, all equity interests in the Debtors shall
be cancelled and Holders of Equity Interests in the Debtors shall
receive Liquidating Trust Beneficial Interests redeemable.

On the Effective Date the Liquidating Trust shall be deemed duly
formed and the Debtors shall be deemed to have irrevocably
transferred and assigned to the Liquidating Trust, the Liquidating
Trust Assets, to hold in trust for the benefit of all Holders of
Allowed Claims with respect to the Debtor pursuant to the terms of
this Plan and the Liquidating Trust Agreement. Upon the Effective
Date, title to the Liquidating Trust Assets shall pass to the
Liquidating Trust free and clear of all Claims and Interests.

The Liquidating Trust, through the Liquidating Trustee, shall be
responsible for distributing Liquidating Trust Assets, or the
proceeds thereof, on account of the following Claims or Interests
(in the order of priority shown): (i) to satisfy outstanding,
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim, if any; then (ii) to satisfy
outstanding Other Secured Claims, if any; then (iii) to satisfy
outstanding Allowed Seller Note Claims, if any; then (iv) to
satisfy outstanding Allowed General Unsecured Claims, if any; then
(v) subject to Article VII section F of the Plan of the Plan, to
satisfy outstanding Allowed Reimbursement/Indemnification Claims,
if any; and then (vi) to Allowed Equity Interests in accordance
with such preferences or priorities established pursuant to the
Shareholder Agreements.

A full-text copy of the combined plan and disclosure statement
dated May 15, 2020, is available at https://tinyurl.com/y8tlvlqo
from PacerMonitor at no charge.

Attorneys for the Debtors:

         Matthew S. Okin
         James W. Bartlett, Jr.
         David L. Curry, Jr.
         Johnie A. Maraist
         OKIN ADAMS LLP
         1113 Vine St., Suite 240
         Houston, Texas 77002
         Tel: 713.228.4100
         Fax: 888.865.2118
         E-mail: mokin@okinadams.com
                 jbartlett@okinadams.com
                 dcurry@okinadams.com
                 jmaraist@okinadams.com

                    About Veterinary Care

Veterinary Care Inc., d/b/a Vitalpet, offers pet care services.
Petitioning creditors Dr. Warren Resell, Dr. James H. Kelly, Dr.
Larry D. Wood, filed an involuntary Chapter 11 petition (Bankr.
S.D. Tex. Case No. 19-35736) against Veterinary Care, Inc. on Oct.
10, 2019.  The petitioners are represented by Richard L. Fuqua,
Esq., at Fuqua & Associates, P.C., in Houston.

TVET Management LLC filed a voluntary Chapter 11 petition (Bankr.
S.D. Tex. Case No. 19-36430) on Nov. 18, 2019.

On Nov. 19, 2019, the court ordered the joint administration of
Veterinary Care's and TVET's bankruptcy cases.  The cases are
jointly administered under Case No. 19-35736.

Judge Christopher M. Lopez oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Okin Adams LLP as their legal counsel, and The
Claro Group, LLC as their financial advisor.  Douglas Brickley,
managing director of Claro Group, is the CRO.


WEINSTEIN CO: Y Movie et al. Can't Enforce Deal, Dist. Court Says
-----------------------------------------------------------------
District Judge Mary Ellen Noreika affirmed the Bankruptcy Court's
order against appellants in the case captioned Y MOVIE, LLC, Y
THEATRICAL, LLC., YFE HOLDINGS, INC., OA3, LLC, and RMF LLC,
Appellants, v. SPYGLASS MEDIA GROUP, LLC (f/k/a LANTERN
ENTERTAINMENT LLC), Appellee, Civ. No. 19-675-MN (D. Del.).

Y Movie, LLC, Y Theatrical, LLC, YFE Holdings, Inc., OA3, LLC, and
RMF, LLC appealed from the Bankruptcy Court's order dated April 4,
2019 entered in the Chapter 11 cases of The Weinstein Company
Holdings, LLC and certain affiliates, which memorialized the
Bankruptcy Court's April 2, 2019 bench ruling. The appeal arises
from the sale of substantially all of the Debtors' assets to
appellee Spyglass Media Group, LLC. Prior to filing their
bankruptcy cases, the Debtors received financing from Y Movie et
al. through "Investment Agreements," pursuant to which Appellants
loaned money to the Debtors in exchange for, among other things, a
security interest in the Debtors' rights in certain films. The
Debtors agreed to repay these "financings" through revenues
generated by the films based on a "waterfall" in the governing
documents.

Following the sale, Appellants filed a Motion seeking to (a)
enforce the Bankruptcy Court's May 9, 2018 Sale Order, (b) confirm
that Spyglass assumed the liabilities under the Investment
Agreements through the asset sale, and (c) compel Spyglass to
perform under the APA -- i.e., to repay the prepetition loans made
to the Debtors under the Investment Agreements. The Court denied
the Motion to Enforce for the reasons set forth in the Bench
Ruling, including the Bankruptcy Court's determination that the
Investment Agreements were non-executory contracts that are not
capable of being assumed under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code,
and that the Investment Agreements were "Excluded Liabilities"
under the APA that were not purchased by Spyglass.

The Debtors filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 on March 19,
2018 in order to facilitate a sale of substantially all of their
assets under section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors also
filed a bid procedures and sale motion on the Petition Date, with
Spyglass serving as the stalking horse bidder. On March 20, 2018,
the Debtors sought approval of a sale of substantially all of the
Debtors' assets to Spyglass, pursuant to terms negotiated prior to
the Petition Date. Attached to the Sale Motion was an asset
purchase agreement providing that Spyglass will acquire certain
"Purchased Assets" in connection with the sale. Spyglass's offer
remained the highest and best offer received by the Debtors for
their assets even after the post-petition sale process.  The
Bankruptcy Court approved the sale of substantially all of the
Debtors' assets to Spyglass for $287 million. The sale closed on
July 13, 2018.

The District Court finds no error in the Bankruptcy Court's
determination that the Investment Agreements are not Purchased
Assets under the plain language of the APA.

Appellants argue that the Investment Agreements constitute
Purchased Assets under the APA because they are Assumed Contracts.
The APA defines "Purchased Assets" as all "rights, Claims and
assets (other than Excluded Assets) of every kind and description"
of the Debtors, including the assets listed on Schedule 2.1 to the
APA.  Schedule 2.1(e) of the APA provides that all "Assumed
Contracts" are Purchased Assets. The Assumed Contracts are
described as those contracts designated by Spyglass "prior to the
Closing Date" that Spyglass "wishes to 'assume.'" Spyglass selected
the contracts from "Section 2.8(a) of the Disclosure Schedule,"
which is a contracts schedule that the Debtors prepared in
connection with the APA.  Section 2.8(a) of the Disclosure Schedule
included both "executory" and "non-executory" contracts. The
Debtors and Spyglass listed each Investment Agreement on the
Assumed Contracts Schedule (defined below) filed prior to the
Closing Date.

On July 11, 2018, prior to the Closing Date, the Bankruptcy Court
entered an order approving the Second Amendment, which specified
that Spyglass would be permitted to remove executory contracts from
the Assumed Contracts Schedule as Purchased Assets after the
Closing Date. Appellants argue that, based on the addition of the
word "executory," however, the Second Amendment did not alter the
requirement that Spyglass must remove non-executory contracts prior
to the Closing Date.  Specifically, the Second Amendment made one
primary revision to Section 2.8(a) of the APA, inserting the word
"executory" into Section 2.8(a) and in Schedule 2.2(h).

The Debtors and Spyglass subsequently removed all but one of the
Investment Agreements from the Contract Notices.

Appellants argue on appeal that the addition of the word executory
in the Second Amendment changed and limited the types of contracts
that could be deemed Excluded Contracts post-closing such that only
executory contracts could be deemed Excluded Contracts after the
Closing Date. According to Appellants, there is no provision in the
APA that allows Spyglass to designate a non-executory Assumed
Contract as an Excluded Contract after the Closing Date. Appellants
contend that the Assumed Contracts Schedule was essentially "fixed"
for non-executory contracts as of the Closing Date (other than
Disputed Contracts),9 and that only executory contracts and
Disputed Contracts could be removed from the Assumed Contracts
Schedule post-closing.10 As all of the Investment Agreements listed
on the post-Closing Date notices are non-executory contracts, and
because Spyglass lacked the power to remove any non-executory
contracts from the Assumed Contracts Schedule after the Closing
Date, Appellants argue that they now constitute Assumed Contracts;
the listing of any Investment Agreements on any post-Closing
notice, according to Appellants, "constituted a null and void
unauthorized attempt to circumvent the terms of the APA."

The Bankruptcy Court rejected this reading of the APA. And so does
this Court. The Appellants' argument fails for several reasons,
including that the Investment Agreements are not executory and
cannot be assumed under section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code as a
matter of law. Even if Spyglass wanted to assume the Investment
Agreements under the Sale, it could not as a matter of law,
notwithstanding the appearance of any Investment Agreement on any
Contract Notice.

The District Court finds no error in the Bankruptcy Court's ruling
that the Investment Agreements are "Excluded Liabilities" under the
APA based on the plain language of the APA.

The assumption of liabilities under an asset purchase agreement is
factored into the purchase price and the overall benefit of the
bargain being negotiated between the buyer and seller; in the same
vein, the exclusion of liabilities is clearly set forth in an asset
purchase agreement. Here, section 2.4(c) of the APA specifically
and expressly listed debt instruments and financial accommodations
like the Investment Agreements as Excluded Liabilities. The Court
agrees that Appellants cannot argue that Spyglass assumed its
Liabilities through the sale by cobbling together a series of
defined terms in the APA or by relying on Contract Notices that
contained numerous disclaimers contrary to Appellants' position.
Under the circumstances, the Bankruptcy Court was correct in ruling
that Spyglass did not impliedly assume those liabilities. For
Spyglass to have assumed them, the APA would have to have been
clear and unequivocal on this point.

The Bankruptcy Court correctly held that the Investment Agreements
are not Purchased Assets under the APA.

A copy of the Court's Memorandum Opinion dated April 2, 2020 is
available at https://bit.ly/3cucmdQ from Leagle.com.

Michael R. Nestor -- mnestor@ycst.com -- Andrew L. Magaziner --
amagaziner@ycst.com -- YOUNG CONAWAY STARGATT & TAYLOR, LLP,
Wilmington, DE; Robert A. Klyman -- rklyman@gibsondunn.com --
Matthew G. Bouslog -- mbouslog@gibsondunn.com -- Eric T. Haitz --
eric.haitz@katten.com -- GIBSON, DUNN, & CRUTCHER LLP, Los Angeles,
CA — Attorneys for Appellants Y Movie, LLC, Y Theatrical, LLC,
YFE Holdings, Inc., OA3, LLC, and RMF, LLC.

R. Craig Martin, Maris J. Kandestin , DLA PIPER LLP (US),
Wilmington, DE; Thomas R. Califano, Rachel Ehrlich Albanese --
rachel.albanese@dlapiper.com -- DLA PIPER LLP (US), New York, NY
— Attorneys for Appellee Spyglass Media Group, LLC (f/k/a Lantern
Entertainment LLC)

           About The Weinstein Company Holdings

The Weinstein Company was an American independent film studio
founded by Bob and Harvey Weinstein in 2005.  The Weinstein Company
Holdings LLC and 54 affiliates sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
D. Del. Lead Case No. 18-10601) on March 19, 2018 after reaching a
deal to sell all assets to Lantern Asset Management as stalking
horse bidder.  The Weinstein Company Holdings estimated $500
million to $1 billion in assets and $500 million to $1 billion in
liabilities.

Lantern ultimately emerged as successful bidder following an
auction.  The Court approved the sale for $287 million.

The Hon. Mary F. Walrath is the case judge.

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP is the Debtors' bankruptcy counsel,
with the engagement led by Paul H. Zumbro, George E. Zobitz, and
Karin A. DeMasi, in New York.

Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., is the local counsel, with the
engagement headed by Mark D. Collins, Paul N. Heath, Zachary I.
Shapiro, Brett M. Haywood, and David T. Queroli, in Wilmington,
Delaware. Bernstein Litowitz Berger & Grossmann, LLP, as special
litigation counsel.

The Debtors also tapped FTI Consulting, Inc., as restructuring
advisor; Moelis & Company LLC as investment banker; and Epiq
Bankruptcy Solutions, LLC as claims and noticing agent.

The Office of the U.S. Trustee for Region 3 appointed an official
committee of unsecured creditors on March 28, 2018.  The committee
retained Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones, LLP as its legal counsel,
and Berkeley Research Group, LLC as its financial advisor.


YOUNG MEN'S: Seeks to Hire Hinkle Law Firm as Legal Counsel
-----------------------------------------------------------
The Young Men's Christian Association of Topeka, Kansas seeks
approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Kansas
to hire Hinkle Law Firm, LLC as its legal counsel.

The firm's services will include legal advice concerning Debtor's
powers and duties under the Bankruptcy Code, negotiation of
financing agreements, and the preparation of a Chapter 11 plan.

The firm's attorneys will be paid at hourly rates as follows:

     Edward Nazar, Esq.         $300
     Martin Ufford, Esq.        $285
     W. Thomas Gilman, Esq.     $285
     Nicholas Grillot, Esq.     $260

Edward Nazar, Esq., at Hinkle Law Firm, disclosed in court filings
that the firm is "disinterested" within the meaning of Section
101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Edward J. Nazar, Esq.
     Hinkle Law Firm, LLC
     1617 N. Waterfront Parkway, Suite 400
     Wichita, KS 67206
     Tel: 316-267-2000
     Email: enazar@hinklaw.com

              About Young Men's Christian Association

The Young Men's Christian Association of Topeka, Kansas --
https://www.ymcatopeka.org/ -- is a tax-exempt organization that is
focused on youth development, healthy living and social
responsibility.  For more information, visit
https://www.ymcatopeka.org/.

Young Men's Christian Association sought protection under Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Kan. Case No. 20-20786) on May
21, 2020.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor disclosed
$4,850,289 in assets and $5,490,339 in liabilities.  Judge Dale L.
Somers oversees the case.  The Debtor is represented by Hinkle Law
Firm, LLC.


[^] Recent Small-Dollar & Individual Chapter 11 Filings
-------------------------------------------------------
In re Asset Enchancement, Inc.
   Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 20-15782
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2020
         See https://is.gd/L53yIH
         represented by: Gary M. Murphree, Esq.
                         A.M. LAW, LLC
                         E-mail: pleadings@amlaw-miami.com

In re Schreiner's Fine Sausages, Inc.
   Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 20-14808
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2020
         See https://is.gd/E4bFlm
         represented by: Robert B. Rosenstein, Esq.
                         ROSENSTEIN & ASSOCIATES
                         E-mail: robert@thetemeculalawfirm.com

In re Royal Transport Express, LLC
   Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 20-41227
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2020
         See https://is.gd/t7LCAE
         represented by: Eric A. Liepins, Esq.
                         ERIC A. LIEPINS
                         Email: eric@ealpc.com

In re JM Brown Properties, LLC
   Bankr. M.D.N.C. Case No. 20-10475
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2020
         See https://is.gd/lulKjD
         represented by: Samantha K. Brumbaugh, Esq.
                         IVEY, MCCLELLAN, GATTON & SIEGMUND, LLP
                         E-mail: skb@iveymcclellan.com

In re Boneyard Archery, Inc.
   Bankr. M.D.N.C. Case No. 20-10476
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2020
         See https://is.gd/tsrkMW
         represented by: Samantha K. Brumbaugh, Esq.
                         IVEY, MCCLELLAN, GATTON & SIEGMUND, LLP
                         E-mail: skb@iveymcclellan.com

In re Sweet Moo's Rolled Ice Cream LLC
   Bankr. M.D. Tenn. Case No. 20-02678
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2020
         See https://is.gd/WxIOxT
         represented by: Steven L. Lefkovitz, Esq.
                         LEFKOVITZ & LEFKOVITZ
                         E-mail: slefkovitz@lefkovitz.com

In re N/F/N N/M/N Desmond
   Bankr. D. Kan. Case No. 20-20805
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2020
         See https://is.gd/cO6yrR
         represented by: Colin Gotham, Esq.
                         EVANS & MULLINIX, P.A.
                         E-mail: cgotham@emlawkc.com

In re David W. Sorenson and Sandra L. Espe Sorenson
   Bankr. D. Minn. Case No. 20-31456
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2020
         represented by: Joseph Dicker, Esq.

In re Michele DiBassie
   Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 20-32778
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2020
         represented by: Reese Baker, Esq.
                         BAKER & ASSOCIATES
                         E-mail: courtdocs@bakerassociates.net

In re Nancy I Marty-Howe (Madison)
   Bankr. W.D. Wisc. Case No. 20-11410
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2020
         represented by: John P. Driscoll, Esq.
                         KREKELER STROTHER S.C.

In re Christopher Wayne Holt
   Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 20-20207
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2020

In re Kristen Adams
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 20-01690
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2020


In re Kristine Wallerius Chung
   Bankr. D. Hawaii Case No. 20-00614
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2020

In re Stattus Technology Inc.
   Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 20-15929
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2020
         See https://is.gd/Mwc5he
         represented by: Alan R. Crane, Esq.
                         FURRCOHEN P.A.
                         E-mail: acrane@furrcohen.com

In re John D. Koziarski
   Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 20-16014
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2020
         represented by: Jason Rigoli, Esq.

In re Triangle Flowers of Distinction, Inc.
   Bankr. E.D.N.C. Case No. 20-02098
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2020
         See https://is.gd/q3g9hl
         represented by: James C. White, Esq.
                         J.C. WHITE LAW GROUP, PLLC
                         E-mail: jwhite@jcwhitelaw.com

In re Grumpy's Grading, LLC
   Bankr. M.D. Tenn. Case No. 20-02747
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2020
         See https://is.gd/LQcMWg
         represented by: Gray Waldron, Esq.
                         DUNHAM HILDEBRAND, PLLC
                         E-mail: gray@dhnashville.com

In re Stonewall Motors Incorporated
   Bankr. M.D.N.C. Case No. 20-10497
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 1, 2020
         See https://is.gd/yxnj8K
         represented by: Dirk W. Siegmund, Esq.
                         IVEY, MCCLELLAN, GATTON & SIEGMUND

In re Denney Enterprises LLC
   Bankr. D. Nev. Case No. 20-50549
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 1, 2020
         See https://is.gd/BnYJur
         represented by: Kevin A. Darby, Esq.
                         DARBY LAW PRACTICE
                         E-mail: kevin@darbylawpractice.com

In re Waterside Construction Services, LLC
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 20-04260
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 1, 2020
         See https://is.gd/SW5M0Q
         represented by: Buddy D. Ford, Esq.
                         BUDDY D. FORD, P.A.
                         E-mail: All@tampaesq.com

In re NKS Holdings, Inc.
   Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 20-10244
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 1, 2020
         See https://is.gd/aIqB5G
         represented by: Frank J. Maida, Esq.
                         MAIDA CLARK LAW FIRM, P. C.
                         E-mail: fjmaida@aol.com

In re Rocky Mountain Trails, LLC
   Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 20-60306
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 1, 2020
         See https://is.gd/T2bmj0
         represented by: Gordon Mosley, Esq.
                         GORDON MOSLEY
                         E-mail: gmosley@suddenlinkmail.com

In re The Rochester Holding Company of Georgia, LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 20-66816
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 31, 2020
         See https://is.gd/A8l4sH
         represented by: Richard K. Valldejuli, Jr., Esq.
                         VALLDEJULI & ASSOCIATES, LLC
                         E-mail: ecf@valldejuliandassociates.com

In re El Paso Counseling Center of Expressive Arts, P.C.
   Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 20-30669
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 1, 2020
         See https://is.gd/uLeltT
         represented by: Carlos Miranda, Esq.
                         MIRANDA & MALDONADO, PC
                         E-mail: cmiranda@eptxlawyers.com

In re Tiawana Jacqueline Ford
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 20-66832
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 1, 2020
         represented by: William A. Rountree, Esq.
                         ROUNTREE LEITMAN & KLEIN, LLC

In re Clifford Francom
   Bankr. D. Utah Case No. 20-23299
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 1, 2020
         represented by: Chris Andrus, Esq.

In re Claude John Thompson
   Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 20-51048
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 1, 2020
         represented by: Ronald Smeberg, Esq.

In re Priscilla Jean Motte
   Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 20-32884
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 1, 2020
         represented by: Nelson Jones, Esq.

In re LA Property Investments LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 20-66891
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 2, 2020

In re Eyesight Capital, LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 20-66880
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 2, 2020
         See https://is.gd/x4F8ZX
         represented by: Richard K. Valldejuli, Jr., Esq.
                         VALLDEJULI & ASSOCIATES, LLC
                         E-mail: ecf@valldejuliandassociates.com

In re Alani Property Source Co., Inc
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 20-66885
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 2, 2020

In re Gracie Clark King
   Bankr. M.D. Ga. Case No. 20-10493
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 2, 2020

In re Donald Dale Burkett and Kathleen Therese Burkett
   Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 20-13789
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 2, 2020
         represented by: Lance Goff, Esq.

In re Kristin M. Jackson
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 20-03131
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 2, 2020
         represented by: Kenneth Herron, Esq.

In re Phillip A. Minga and Konie D. Minga
   Bankr. N.D. Miss. Case No. 20-11955
      Chapter 11 Petition filed June 2, 2020


                            *********

Monday's edition of the TCR delivers a list of indicative prices
for bond issues that reportedly trade well below par.  Prices are
obtained by TCR editors from a variety of outside sources during
the prior week we think are reliable.  Those sources may not,
however, be complete or accurate.  The Monday Bond Pricing table
is compiled on the Friday prior to publication.  Prices reported
are not intended to reflect actual trades.  Prices for actual
trades are probably different.  Our objective is to share
information, not make markets in publicly traded securities.
Nothing in the TCR constitutes an offer or solicitation to buy or
sell any security of any kind.  It is likely that some entity
affiliated with a TCR editor holds some position in the issuers
public debt and equity securities about which we report.

Each Tuesday edition of the TCR contains a list of companies with
insolvent balance sheets whose shares trade higher than $3 per
share in public markets.  At first glance, this list may look like
the definitive compilation of stocks that are ideal to sell short.
Don't be fooled.  Assets, for example, reported at historical cost
net of depreciation may understate the true value of a firm's
assets.  A company may establish reserves on its balance sheet for
liabilities that may never materialize.  The prices at which
equity securities trade in public market are determined by more
than a balance sheet solvency test.

On Thursdays, the TCR delivers a list of recently filed
Chapter 11 cases involving less than $1,000,000 in assets and
liabilities delivered to nation's bankruptcy courts.  The list
includes links to freely downloadable images of these small-dollar
petitions in Acrobat PDF format.

Each Friday's edition of the TCR includes a review about a book of
interest to troubled company professionals.  All titles are
available at your local bookstore or through Amazon.com.  Go to
http://www.bankrupt.com/books/to order any title today.

Monthly Operating Reports are summarized in every Saturday edition
of the TCR.

The Sunday TCR delivers securitization rating news from the week
then-ending.

TCR subscribers have free access to our on-line news archive.
Point your Web browser to http://TCRresources.bankrupt.com/and use
the e-mail address to which your TCR is delivered to login.

                            *********

S U B S C R I P T I O N   I N F O R M A T I O N

Troubled Company Reporter is a daily newsletter co-published
by Bankruptcy Creditors Service, Inc., Fairless Hills,
Pennsylvania, USA, and Beard Group, Inc., Washington, D.C., USA.
Jhonas Dampog, Marites Claro, Joy Agravante, Rousel Elaine
Tumanda, Valerie Udtuhan, Howard C. Tolentino, Carmel Paderog,
Meriam Fernandez, Joel Anthony G. Lopez, Cecil R. Villacampa,
Sheryl Joy P. Olano, Psyche A. Castillon, Ivy B. Magdadaro, Carlo
Fernandez, Christopher G. Patalinghug, and Peter A. Chapman, Editors.

Copyright 2020.  All rights reserved.  ISSN: 1520-9474.

This material is copyrighted and any commercial use, resale or
publication in any form (including e-mail forwarding, electronic
re-mailing and photocopying) is strictly prohibited without prior
written permission of the publishers.  Information contained
herein is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but is
not guaranteed.

The TCR subscription rate is $975 for 6 months delivered via
e-mail.  Additional e-mail subscriptions for members of the same
firm for the term of the initial subscription or balance thereof
are $25 each.  For subscription information, contact Peter A.
Chapman at 215-945-7000.

                   *** End of Transmission ***